SCREW CONVEYOR

CATALOG
&
ENGINEERING
MANUAL

Phone: (308) 324-7591 Fax: (308) 324-7549

TOLL FREE:
sales@conveyusa.com www.conveyusa.com
1-877-664-2687
 CEMA Document: SC 2004-01

WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDERS FOR

SCREW , DRAG , AND BUCKET ELEVATOR CONVEYORS
APPROVED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY THE SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF THE
CONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA)
It is the responsibility of the contractor,
installer, owner and user to install,
maintain and operate the conveyor,
components and, conveyor assemblies in
such a manner as to comply with the
Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and
Health Act and with all state and local laws
and ordinances and the American National
Standards Institute (ANSI) B20.1 Safety
Code.
In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous
condition, the assemblies or parts must
be installed and operated in accordance
with the following minimum provisions.
1. Conveyors shall not be operated
unless all covers and/or guards for the
conveyor and drive unit are in place. If
the conveyor is to be opened for
inspection cleaning, maintenance or
observation, the electric power to the
motor driving the conveyor must be
LOCKED OUT in such a manner that
the conveyor cannot be restarted by
anyone; however remote from the area,
until conveyor cover or guards and
drive guards have been properly
replaced.
2. If the conveyor must have an open
housing as a condition of its use and
application, the entire conveyor is then
to be guarded by a railing or fence in
accordance with ANSI standard
B20.1.(Request current edition and
addenda)
3. Feed openings for shovel, front
loaders or other manual or mechanical
equipment shall be constructed in such
a way that the conveyor opening is
covered by a grating. If the nature of
the material is such that a grating
cannot be used, then the exposed
section of the conveyor is to be guarded
by a railing or fence and there shall be
a warning sign posted.
4. Do not attempt any maintenance or
repairs of the conveyor until power has
been LOCKED OUT.
5. Always operate conveyor in
accordance with these instructions and
those contained on the caution labels
affixed to the equipment.
6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part
of your body, in the conveyor.
7. Never walk on conveyor covers,
grating or guards.
8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose
other than that for which it was
intended.
9. Do not poke or prod material into the
conveyor with a bar or stick inserted
through the openings.
10. Keep area around conveyor drive
and control station free of debris and
obstacles.
11. Eliminate all sources of stored
energy (materials or devices that could
cause conveyor components to move
without power applied) before opening
the conveyor
12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed
conveyor until power has been
LOCKED OUT.
13. Do not attempt field modification of
conveyor or components.
14. Conveyors are not normally
manufactured or designed to handle
materials that are hazardous to
personnel. These materials which are
hazardous include those that are
explosive, flammable, toxic or
otherwise dangerous to personnel.
Conveyors may be designed to handle
these materials. Conveyors are not
manufactured or designed to comply
with local, state or federal codes for
unfired pressure vessels. If hazardous
materials are to be conveyed or if the
conveyor is to be subjected to internal
or external pressure, manufacturer
should be consulted prior to any
modifications.
CEMA insists that disconnecting and
locking out the power to the motor driving
the unit provides the only real protection
against injury. Secondary safety devices
are available; however, the decision as to
their need and the type required must be
made by the owner-assembler as we have
no information regarding plant wiring,
plant environment, the interlocking of the
screw conveyor with other equipment,
extent of plant automation, etc. Other
devices should not be used as a substitute
for locking out the power prior to removing
guards or covers. We caution that use of
the secondary devices may cause
employees to develop a false sense of
security and fail to lock out power before
removing covers or guards. This could
result in a serious injury should the
secondary device fail or malfunction.
There are many kinds of electrical devices
for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor
systems such that if one conveyor in a
system or process is stopped other
equipment feeding it, or following it can
also be automatically stopped.
Electrical controls, machinery guards,
railings, walkways, arrangement of
installation, training of personnel, etc., are
necessary ingredients for a safe working
place. It is the responsibility of the
contractor, installer, owner and user to
supplement the materials and services
furnished with these necessary items to
make the conveyor installation comply
with the law and accepted standards.
Conveyor inlet and discharge openings
are designed to connect to other
equipment or machinery so that the flow
of material into and out of the conveyor is
completely enclosed.
One or more warning labels should be
visible on conveyor housings, conveyor
covers and elevator housings. If the labels
attached to the equipment become
illegible, please order replacement
warning labels from the OEM or CEMA.
The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers
Association (CEMA) has produced an
audio-visual presentation entitled “Safe
Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag
Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators.” CEMA
encourages acquisition and use of this
source of safety information to
supplement your safety program.
SEE OTHER SIDE FOR
SAFETY LABELS

NOTICE: This document is provided by CEMA as a service to the industry in the interest of promoting safety. It is advisory only and it is not a substitute
for a thorough safety program. Users should consult with qualified engineers and other safety professionals. CEMA makes no representations or
warranties, either expressed or implied, and the users of this document assume full responsibility for the safe design and operation of equipment.
 CEMA Document: SC 2004-01
CEMA Safety Labels
The CEMA safety labels shown below should be used on screw conveyors, drag conveyors, and bucket elevators.
Safety labels should be placed on inlets, discharges, troughs, covers, inspection doors & drive guards. See CEMA
Safety Label Placement Guidelines on CEMA Web Site: http://www.cemanet.org/safety/guidelines.html

Exposed moving
parts can cause
severe injury

LOCK OUT POWER

before removing
CHR930001
guard

Walking or standing on
conveyor covers or CVS930010 CVS930012
gratings can cause
severe injury
Exposed conveyors
and moving parts Exposed buckets and
STAY OFF
CHS991026 can cause severe moving parts can
injury cause severe injury

LOCK OUT POWER

WARNING LOCK OUT POWER
before removing before removing
Exposed screw and cover or servicing cover or servicing
moving parts can
cause severe injury

LOCK OUT POWER

before removing
CHR930011
cover or servicing

PROMINENTLY DISPLAY
THESE
SAFETY LABELS
ON
INSTALLED EQUIPMENT

SEE OTHER SIDE FOR SAFETY REMINDERS

CVS930011 Note: Labels alone do not substitute for a thorough in-

plant safety training program centered on the hazards
Exposed screw and associated with operating your installed equipment.
moving parts can
cause severe injury
Contact CEMA or Your Equipment Manufacturer for
LOCK OUT POWER
before removing Replacement Labels
cover or servicing
CONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION
6724 Lone Oak Blvd., Naples, Florida 34109
239-514-3441
 Table of Contents

Materials Classification
Materials ClassificationCode CodeChart.Chart...................................................................Page Page 22
Materials Characteristics.......................................................................................Page
Materials Characteristics Page 3-14
3-14
Capacity Table.........................................................................................................Page
Capacity Table Page 15-17
15-17
Lump Size Table
Lump Size Table.....................................................................................................Page 18 Page 18
Horsepower Calculation........................................................................................Page
Horsepower Calculation Page 19-21
19-21
Horsepower Nomograph
Horsepower Nomograph.......................................................................................Page 22-23 Page 22-23
Screw Conveyor
Screw Conveyor Deflection.
Deflection..................................................................................Page Page 24
24
Torque Rating..........................................................................................................Page
Torque Rating Page 25
25
Torque Nomograph Stainless Steel
Torque Nomograph Stainless Steel.....................................................................Page 26 Page 26
Torque Nomograph
Torque Nomograph Carbon Carbon Steel.......................................................................Page
Steel Page 27
27
Screw Flights with Cuts and Folds
Screw Flights with Cuts and Folds......................................................................Page 28 Page 28
Weld Finishes Page 29
Weld Finishes..........................................................................................................Page 29
Thermal Expansion Page 30
Thermal Expansion.................................................................................................Page 30
Descriptive Part Numbers Page 31
Descriptive Part Numbers.....................................................................................Page 31
Component Selection Page 32
Component Selection.............................................................................................Page 32
Part Two – Conveyor Components Page 33
Part Two – Conveyor Components......................................................................Page 33
Conveyor Layout Page 34-35
Conveyor
Hanger Bearings Layout.....................................................................................................Page Page 34-35
36
Replacement
Replacement Flighting.Flighting..........................................................................................Page Page 36
37
Sectional Screws.
Sectional Screws . ....................................................................................................Page 37-38
Page 38-39
Sectional Flights......................................................................................................Page
Sectional Flights Page 39
40
Sectional Screw
Sectional Screw Ribbons Ribbons.......................................................................................Page Page 40
41
Troughs.....................................................................................................................Page
Troughs 41-47
Page 42-48
Discharges................................................................................................................Page
Discharges Page 48
49
Bulkheads.................................................................................................................Page
Bulkheads Page 49
50
End Flanges..............................................................................................................Page
End Flanges 50
Page 51
Clamps.
Clamps......................................................................................................................Page Page 51
52
Seals...........................................................................................................................Page
Seals Page 52-53
53-54
Shrouds
Shrouds.....................................................................................................................Page Page 54
55
Feet Page 55
Feet.............................................................................................................................Page 56
Saddles
Saddles......................................................................................................................Page Page 56
57
Shafts Page 58-60
Shafts.........................................................................................................................Page 57-59
Coupling Bolts,
Coupling Bolts, Internal
Internal Collars,Collars, End End Lugs.
Lugs......................................................Page Page 60
61
Trough Ends.
Trough Ends............................................................................................................Page Page 61-64
62-65
Trough End Bearings
Trough End Bearings..............................................................................................Page 65-66 Page 66-67
Hanger Bearings......................................................................................................Page
Hanger Bearings Page 67
68
Hangers
Hangers.....................................................................................................................Page Page 68-72
69-73
Gates Page 74-79
Gates..........................................................................................................................Page 73-78
Inlets Page 79
Inlets..........................................................................................................................Page 80
Hanger Pockets Page 81
Hanger Pockets........................................................................................................Page 80
Covers Page 82-83
Covers........................................................................................................................Page 81-82
Cover Clamps Page 84
Cover Clamps...........................................................................................................Page 83

Page
Page 11
 Material Classification Code Chart
Major Code
Material Characteristics Included
Class Designation
Actual
Density Bulk Density, Loose
Lbs/cu. ft.
No. 200 Sieve (.0029”) And Under A200
Very Fine No. 100 Sieve (.0059”) And Under A100
No. 40 Sieve (.016”) And Under A40
Fine No. 6 Sieve (.132”) And Under B6
½” And Under C½
Size Granular 3” And Under D3
7” And Under D7
16 “ And Under D16
*Lumpy Over 16” To Be Specified
X = Actual Maximum Size DX
Irregular Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical, Slabs, Etc. E
Very Free Flowing – Flow Function > 10 1
Free Flowing – Flow Function > 4 But < 10 2
Flowability
Average Flowability – Flow Function > 2 But < 4 3
Sluggish – Flow Function < 2 4
Mildly Abrasive – Index 1-17 5
Abrasiveness Moderately Abrasive – Index 18-67 6
Extremely Abrasive – Index 68-416 7
Builds Up and Hardens F
Generates Static Electricity G
Decomposes --- Deteriorates in Storage H
Flammability J
Becomes Plastic or Tends to Soften K
Very Dusty L
Aerates and Becomes Fluid M
Miscellaneous Explosiveness N
Stickiness-Adhesion O
Properties
Contaminable, Affecting Use P
Or Degradable, Affecting Use Q
Gives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or Fumes R
Hazards
Highly Corrosive S
Mildly Corrosive T
Hygroscopic U
Interlocks, Mats or Agglomerates V
Oils Present W
Packs Under Pressure X
Very Light and Fluffy – May Be Windswept Y
Elevated Temperature Z
HOW TO READ THE MATERIAL CODE FROM MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS TABLE.
MATERIAL: CHIPS, PULPWOOD

Page 2 2
Page
Material Characteristics

Weight % Mat’l
Material Comp.
Material Lbs per Trough Factor
Code Series
Cu. Ft. Loading FM
Acetylenogen (See Calcium Carbide)
Adipic Acid 45 45A100 35 30A 0.8 2B
Alfalfa Meal 14-22 18B645WY 30A 0.6 2D
Alfalfa Pellets 41-33 42C½25 45 0.5 2D
Alfalfa Seeds 10-15 13B615N 30B 0.4 1A-8-C
Almonds, Broken 27-30 29C½35Q 30B 0.9 2D
Almonds, Whole Shelled 28-30 29C½35Q 30B 0.9 2D
Alum, Fine 45-50 48B635U 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Alum, Lumpy 50-60 55B625 30A 1.4 2A-B
Alumina 55-65 58B627MY 15 1.8 3D
Alumina, Fines 35 35A10027MY 15 1.6 3D
Alumina, Seed or Briquette 65 65D337 15 2.0 3D
Aluminate Gel (Aluminate Hydroxide) 45 45B635 30B 1.7 2D
Aluminum Chips, Dry 7-15 11E45V 30A 1.2 2D
Aluminum Chips, Oily 7-15 11E45V 30A 0.8 2D
Aluminum Hydrate 13-20 17C½35 30A 1.4 1A-B-C
Aluminum Ore (See Bauxite)
Aluminum Oxide 60-120 90A10017M 15 1.8 3D
Aluminum Silicate 49 49C½35S 45 0.8 3A-B
Aluminum Sulfate 45-58 52C½25 30A 1.0 1A-B-C
Amianthus (See Asbestos-Shredded)
Ammonium Chloride, Crystalline 45-52 49A10045FRS 30A 0.7 3A-B
Ammonium Nitrate 45-62 54A4035NTU 30A 1.3 3D
Ammonium Sulfate 45-58 52C½35FOTU 30A 1.0 1A-B-C
Andalvsite (Aluminum Silicate) 49 49C½35 45 0.8 3A-B
Antimony Powder A10035 30B 1.6 2D
Apple Pomace, Dry 15 15C½45Y 30B 1.0 2D
Arsenate of Lead (See Lead Arsenate)
Arsenic Oxide (Arsenolite) 100-120 110A10035R
Arsenic Pulverized 30 30A10025R 45 0.8 2D
Asbestos-Rock (Ore) 81 81D337R 15 1.2 3D
Asbestos-Shredded 20-40 30E46XY 30B 1.0 2D
Ash, Black, Ground 105 105B635 30A 2.0 1A-B-C
Ashes, Coal - Dry - ½ 35-45 40C½46TY 30B 3.0 3D
Ashes, Coal - Dry - 3 35-40 38D346T 15 2.5 3D
Ashes, Coal - Wet - ½ 45-50 48C½46T 30B 3.0 3D
Ashes, Coal - Wet - 3 45-50 48D346T 15 4.0 3D
Asphalt, Crushed - ½ 45 45C½45 30A 2.0 1A-B-C
Bagasse, Dry 7-10 9E45R/XY 30A 1.5 2A-B-C
Bakelite, Fine 30-45 38B625 30A 1.4 1A-B-C
Baking Powder 40-55 48A10035 30A 0.6 1B
Baking Soda (Sodium Bicarbonate) 40-55 48A10025 30A 1.0 1B
Barite (Barium Sulfate) + ½ - 3 120-180 150D336 15 2.6 3D
Barite, Powder 120-180 150A10035X 30B 2.0 2D
Barium Carbonate 72 72A10045R 30B 2.0 3D
Bark, Wood, Refuse 10-20 15E45TYY 30B 2.0 3D

Page
Page 3 3
 Material Characteristics

Weight % Mat’l
Material Comp.
Material Lbs per Trough Factor
Code Series
Cu. Ft. Loading FM
Barley, Fine Ground 24-38 31B635 45 0.4 1A-B-C
Barley, Malted 31 31C½35 30A 0.4 1A-B-C
Barley, Meal 28 28C½35 30A 0.4 1A-B-C
Barley, Whole 36-48 42B625N 45 0.5 1A-B-C
Baryte (See Barite)
Basalt 80-105 93B627 15 1.8 3D
Bauxite, Dry, Ground 68 68B625 45 1.8 1A-B-C
Bauxite, Crushed – 3” 75-80 80D336 15 2.5 3D
Beans, Castor 36 36C½15W 30A 0.8 1A-B-C
Beans, Castor, Meal 35-40 38B635W 30A 0.8 1A-B-C
Beans, Navy – Dry 48 48C½15 45 0.5 1A-B-C
Beans, Navy – Steeped 60 60C½25 45 0.8 1A-B-C
Beans, Soy (See Soybeans)
Beet Pulp – Dry 11-16
Beet Pulp – Wet 25-45
Bentonite, Crude 34-40 37D345X 30B 1.2 2D
Bentonite, -100 Mesh 50-60 55A10025MXY 30B 0.7 2D
Benzene Hexachloride 56 56A10045R 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Bicarbonate of Soda 40-45 45A20025Y 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Blood, Dried 35-45 40D345U 30A 2.0 2D
Blood, Ground, Dried 30 30A10035U 30A 1.0 1A-B
Bluestone (See Copper Sulfate)
Bone Ash (Tricalcium Phosphate) 40-50 45A10045 30A 1.6 1A-B
Bone Black 20-25 23A10025Y 30B 1.5 1A-B
Bone Char 27-40 34B635 30B 1.6 1A-B
Bones, Crushed 35-50 43D335 30B 2.0 2D
Bones, Ground 50 50B645 30B 1.7 2D
Bones, Whole 35-50 43E45V 30A 3.0 D2
Bonemeal 50-60 55B635 30B 1.7 2D
Borate of Lime 60 60A10035 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Borax, Fine 45-55 50B625T 30B 0.7 3D
Borax, Screening- ½ 55-60 58C½35 30B 1.5 2D
Borax, 1 ½ - 2 Lump 55-60 58D335 30B 1.8 2D
Borax, 2-3 Lump 60-70 65D335 30B 2.0 2D
Boric Acid, Fine 55 55B625T 30A 0.8 3D
Boron 75 75A10037 15 1.0 2D
Bran, Rice-Rye-Wheat 16-20 18B635NY 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Braunite (Manganese Oxide) 120 120A10036 30B 2.0 2D
Bread Crumbs 20-25 23B35PQ 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Brewer’s Grain, Spent – Dry 14-30 22C½45 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Brewer’s Grain, Spent – Wet 55-60 58C½45T 30A 0.8-4.0 2A-B
Brick, Ground- 1/8 100-120 110B637 15 2.2 3D
Bronze Chips 30-50 40B625N 15 2.0 2D

Page
Page 4 4
Material Characteristics

Weight % Mat’l
Material Comp.
Material Lbs per Trough Factor
Code Series
Cu. Ft. Loading FM
Buckwheat 37-42 40B625N 45 0.4 1A-B-C
Calcine, Flour 75-85 80A10035 30A 0.7 1A-B-C
Calcium Carbide 70-90 80D325N 30B 2.0 2D
Calcium Carbonate (See Limestone)
Calcium Fluoride (See Fluospar)
Calcium Hydrate (See Lime Hydrated)
Calcium Hydroxide (See Lime Hydrated)
Calcium Lactate 26-29 28D345QTR 30A 0.6 2A-B
Calcium Magnesium Carbonate 90-100 30B 2.0 2D
Calcium Oxide (See Lime, Unflaked)
Calcium Phosphate 40-50 45A10045 30A 1.6 1A-B-C
Calcium Sulfate (See Gypsum)
Carbon, Activated - Dry 8-20 14A200 30B 1.2 2D
Carbon Black – Fine 4-6 5A200 30A 0.4 1A-B-C
Carbon Black – Pelleted 20-40
Carborundum 100 100D327 15 3.0 2D
Casein 36 36B635 30B 1.6 3D
Cashew Nuts 32-37 35C½45 30A 0.7 2D
Cast Iron, Chips 130-200 165C½45 30B 4.0 2D
Caustic Soda 88 88B635RSU 30B 1.8 2D
Caustic Soda, Flakes 47 47C½45RSUX 30A 1.5 3D
Celite (Diatomaceous Earth) 11-17 14A4036Y 15 1.6 2D
Cement, Clinker 75-95 85D336 15 1.8 3D
Cement, Mortar 133 133B635Q 30A 3.0 3D
Cement, Portland 94 94A10026M 30B 1.4 2D
Cement, Aerated (Portland) 60-75 68A10016M 30B 1.4 2D
Cerrusite (See Lead Carbonate)
Chalk, Crushed 75-95 85D325 30B 1.9 2D
Chalk, Pulverized 67-75 71A10025MXY 30B 1.4 2D
Charcoal, Ground 18-28 23A10045 30B 1.2 2D
Charcoal, Lumps 18-28 23D345Q 30B 1.4 2D
Chips, Pulpwood 12-25 19C½45T 30A 1.0 2B
Chocolate, Cake Pressed 40-45 45D325 30A 1.5 2B
Chrome Ore 125-140 133D336 15 2.5 3D
Cinders, Blast Furnace 57 57D336T 15 1.9 3D
Cinders, Coal 40 40D336T 15 1.8 3D
Clay, Ceramic – Dry 60-80 70A10035P 30A 1.5 1A-B-C
Clay, Calcined 80-100 90B636 30B 2.4 3D
Clay, Brick – Dry, Fine 100-120 110C½36 30B 2.0 3D
Clay – Dry, Lumpy 60-75 68D335 30A 1.8 2D
Clinker, Cement (See Cement, Clinker)

Page 5 5
Page
 Material Characteristics

Weight % Mat’l
Material Comp.
Material Lbs per Trough Factor
Code Series
Cu. Ft. Loading FM
Coal, Anthracite (River & Culm) 55-61 60B635TY 30A 1.0 2A-B
Coal, Anthracite, - ½ 49-61 55C½25 30A 1.0 2A-B
Coal, Bituminous Mined 40-60 50D335LNXY 30A 0.9 1A-B
Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Sized 45-50 48D335QV 30A 1.0 1A-B
Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Slack 43-50 47C½45T 30A 0.9 2A-B
Coal, Lignite 37-45 41D335T 30A 1.0 2D
Cocoa, Beans 30-45 38C½25Q 30A 0.5 1A-B
Cocoa Nibs 35 35C½25 30A 0.5 1A-B
Cocoa, Powdered 30-35 33A10045XY 30A 0.9 1A-B
Coconut, Shredded 20-22 21E45 30A 1.5 2B
Coffee, Chaff 20 20B625MY 30A 1.0 1A-B
Coffee, Green Bean 25-32 29C½25PQ 30A 0.5 1A-B
Coffee, Ground Dry 25 25A4035P 30A 0.6 1A-B
Coffee, Ground Net 35-45 40A4045X 30A 0.6 1A-B
Coffee, Roasted Bean 20-30 25C½PQ 45 0.4 1B
Coffee, Soluble 19 19A4035PUY 15 0.8 1B
Coke, Breeze 25-35 30C½37 15 1.2 3D
Coke, Loose 23-35 30D737 15 1.2 3D
Coke, Calcined 35-45 40D737 15 1.3 3D
Compost 30-50 40D745TV 30A 1.0 3A-B
Concrete, Pre Mix Dry 85-120 103C½36V 30B 3.0 3D
Copper Ore 120-150 135Cx36 15 4.0 3D
Copper Ore, Crushed 100-150 125D336 15 4.0 3D
Copper Sulphate (Bluestone) 60-70 65C½35 30A 1.0 2A-B-C
Copperas (See Ferrous Sulfate)
Copra Cake Ground 40-45 43B645HW 30A 0.7 1A-B-C
Copra, Cake Lumpy 25-30 28D335HW 30A 0.8 2A-B-C
Copra, Lumpy 22 22E35HW 30A 1.0 2A-B-C
Copra, Meal 40-45 42B635HW 30A 0.7 2D
Cork, Ground Fine 5-15 10B635JNY 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Cork, Granulated 12-15 14C½35JY 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Corn, Cracked 40-50 45B625P 30A 0.7 1A-B-C
Corn Cobs, Ground 17 17C½25Y 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Corn Cobs, Whole 12-15 14E35 30A 2A-B
Corn Ear 56 56E35 30A 2A-B
Corn Germ 21 21B635PY 30A 0.4 1A-B-C
Corn/Grits 40-45 43B635P 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Cornmeal 32-40 43B635P 30A 0.5 1A-B
Corn Oil, Cake 25 25D745HW 30A 0.6 1A-B
Corn Seed 45 45C½25PQ 45 0.4 1A-B-C

Page
Page 6 6
Material Characteristics

Weight % Mat’l
Material Comp.
Material Lbs per Trough Factor
Code Series
Cu. Ft. Loading FM
Corn, Shelled 45 45C½25 45 0.4 1A-B-C
Corn Sugar 30-35 33B635PU 30A 1.0 1B
Cottonseed, Cake, Crushed 40-45 43C½45HW 30A 1.0 1A-B
Cottonseed, Cake, Lumpy 40-45 43D745HW 30A 1.0 2A-B
Cottonseed – Dry, Delinted 22-40 31C½25X 30A 0.6 1A-B
Cottonseed – Dry, Undelinted 18-25 22C½35XY 30A 0.8 1A-B
Cottonseed, Flakes 20-25 23C½35HWY 30A 0.8 1A-B
Cottonseed, Hulls 12 12B645HW 30A 0.5 3A-B
Cottonseed, Meal, Expeller 25-30 28B645HW 30A 0.5 3A-B
Cottonseed, Meal, Extracted 35-40 37B635HW 30A 0.5 1A-B
Cottonseed, Meats – Dry 40 40B635HW 30A 0.6 1A-B
Cottonseed, Meats – Rolled 35-40 45D345HW 30A 1.3 2A-B-C
Cracklings, Crushed 40-50 45D345HW 30A 1.3 2A-B-C
Cryolite, Dust 75-90 83A10036 30B 2.0 2D
Cryolite, Lumpy 90-110 100D1636 30B 2.0 2D
Cullet, Fine 80-120 100C½37 15 2.0 3D
Cullet, Lump 80-120 100D1637 15 2.5 3D
Cupric Sulphate (See Copper Sulfate)
Diatomaceous Earth 11-17 14A4036Y 30B 1.6 3D
Dicalcium Phosphate 40-50 45A4035 30A 1.6 1A-B-C
Disodium Phosphate 25-31 28A4035 30B 0.5 3D
Dolomite (Calcium Magnesium
Carbonate), Crushed 80-100 90C½26T 30B 2.0 2D
Dolomite (Cal. Mag. Carbonite) 90-100 95Dx36 30B 2.0 2D
Earth, Loam, Dry Loose 76 76C½36 30B 1.2 2D
Ebonite, Crushed 63-70 67CY235 30A 0.8 1A-B-C
Egg Powder 16 16A4035MPY 30A 1.0 1B
Epsom Salt (Mag. Sulfate) 40-50 45A4035U 30A 0.8 1A-B-C
Ethanedioic Acid (See Oxalic Acid)
Feldspar, Ground 65-80 73A10037 30B 2.0 2D
Feldspar, Powder 100 100A20036 30B 2.0 2D
Feldspar, Lumps 90-100 95D737 30B 2.0 2D
Feldspar, Screenings 75-80 78C½37 30B 2.0 2D
Ferrous Sulfide – ½ 120-135 128C½26 30B 2.0 1A-B-C
Ferrous Sulfide – 100M 105-120 113A10036 30B 2.0 1A-B-C
Ferrous Sulfate 50-75 63C½35U 30B 1.0 2D
Fish Meal 35-40 38C½45HP 30A 1.0 1A-B-C
Fish Scrap 40-50 45D745H 30A 1.5 2A-B-C
Flaxseed 43-45 44B635X 45 0.4 1A-B-C
Flaxseed Cake (Linseed Cake) 48-50 49D745W 30A 0.7 2A-B

Page 7 7
Page
 Material Characteristics

Weight % Mat’l
Material Comp.
Material Lbs per Trough Factor
Code Series
Cu. Ft. Loading FM
Flaxseed Meal (Linseed Meal) 25-45 35B645W 30A 0.4 1A-B
Flour, Wheat 33-40 37A4045LP 30A 0.6 1B
Flue Dust, Basic Oxygen Furnace 45-60 53A4036LM 15 3.5 3D
Flue Dust, Blast Furnace 110-125 118A4036 15 3.5 3D
Flue Dust, Boiler H. Dry 30-45 38A4036LM 15 2.0 3D
Fluorspar, Fine 80-100 90B636 30B 2.0 2D
Fluorspar, Lumps 90-110 100D736 30B 2.0 2D
Flyash – Dry 30-45 38A4036M 15 3.5 3D
Foundry Sand – Dry (See Sand)
Fuller’s Earth – Dry Raw 30-40 35A4025 30B 2.0 2D
Fuller’s Earth, Oily, Spent 60-65 63C½45OW 15 2.0 3D
Fuller’s Earth Calcined 40 40A10025 15 2.0 3D
Galena (See Lead Sulfide)
Gelatin, Granulated 32 32B635PU 30A 0.8 1B
Gilsonite 37 37C½35 30B 1.5 3D
Glass, Batch 80-100 90C½35 30B 1.5 3D
Glue, Ground 40 40B645U 30B 1.7 2D
Glue, Pearl 40 40C½35U 45 0.5 1A-B-C
Glue, Veg. Powdered 40 40A4045U 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Gluten, Meal 40 40B635P 30A 0.6 1B
Grains, Distillery, Spent Dry 30 30D335 30A 0.5 2D
Grains, Distillery, Spent Wet 40-60 50C½45V 30A 0.8 3A-B
Graphite Flake 40 40B625LP 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Graphite Flour 28 28A10035LMP 45 0.5 1A-B-C
Graphite Ore 65-75 70D35L 30A 1.0 2D
Granite, Fine 80-90 85C½27 15 2.5 3D
Grape Pomace 15-20 18D345U 30B 1.4 2D
Grass Seed 10-32 11B625PY 30A 0.4 1A-B-C
Guano – Dry 70 70C½35 30 2.0 3A-B
Gypsum, Calcined 55-60 58B635U 30B 1.6 2D
Gypsum, Calcined, Powdered 60-80 70A10035U 30B 2.0 2D
Gypsum, Raw – 1 70-80 75D325 30B 2.0 2D
Hay, Chopped 8-12 10C½35JY 30A 1.6 2A-B
Hexanedioic Acid 45 45A10035 30A 0.8 2B
Hominy 35-50 43C½25D 30A 0.4 1A-B-C
Hops, Spent – Dry 35 35D335 30A 1.0 2A-B-C
Hops, Spent – Wet 50-55 53D345V 30A 1.5 2A-B
Ice, Crushed 35-45 40D335Q 30A 0.4 2A-B
Ice, Flaked 40-45 43C½35Q 30A 0.6 1B
Ice Cubes 33-35 34D335Q 30A 0.4 1B

Page 8
Page 8
Material Characteristics

Weight % Mat’l
Material Comp.
Material Lbs per Trough Factor
Code Series
Cu. Ft. Loading FM
Ice, Shell 33-35 34D345Q 30A 0.4 1B
Ilmenite Ore 140-160 150D337 15 2.0 3D
Iron Ore Concentrate 120-180 150A4037 15 2.2 3D
Iron Oxide, Pigment 25 25A10036LMP 30B 1.0 1A-B-C
Iron Oxide, Millscale 75 75C½36 30B 1.6 2D
Iron Pyrites (See Ferrous Sulfide)
Iron Sulphate (See Ferrous Sulphate)
Iron Sulfide (See Ferrous Sulfide)
Iron Vitriol (See Ferrous Sulphate)
Kafir (Corn) 40-45 43C½25 30A 0.5 3D
Kaolin Clay 63 63D325 30A 2.0 2D
Kaolin Clay – Tale 42-56 49A4035LMP 30B 2.0 2D
Kryalith (See Cryolith)
Lactose 32 32A4035PU 30A 0.6 1B
Lamp Black (See Carbon Black)
Lead Arsenate 72 72A4035R 30A 1.4 1A-B-C
Lead Arsenite 72 72A4035R 30A 1.4 1A-B-C
Lead Carbonate 240-260 250A4035R 30B 1.0 2D
1
Lead Ore – /8 200-270 235B636 15 1.4 3D
Lead Ore – ½ 180-230 205C½36 15 1.4 3D
Lead Oxide (Red Lead) 30-150 90A10035P 30B 1.2 2D
Lead Oxide (Red Lead) 30-180 105A20035LP 30B 1.2 2D
Lead Sulfide 240-260 250A10035R 30B 1.0 2D
Lignite (See Coal Lignite)
Limanite, Ore, Brown 120 120C½47 15 1.7 3D
Lime, Ground, Unflaked 60-65 63B635U 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Lime Hydrated 40 40B635LM 30A 0.8 2D
Lime, Hydrated, Pulverized 32-40 36A4035LM 30A 0.6 1A-B
Lime, Pebble 53-56 55C½25HU 30A 2.0 2A-B
Limestone, Agricultural 68 68B635 30B 2.0 2D
Limestone, Crushed 85-90 88Dx36 30B 2.0 2D
Limestone Dust 55-95 75A4046MY 30B 2.0 2D
Lindane (See Benzene Hexachoride)
Linseed (See Flaxseed)
Litharge (See Lead Oxide)
Lithopone 45-50 48A32535MR 30A 1.0 1A-B
Maize (See Milo)
Malt, Dry, Ground 20-30 25C635NP 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Malt, Dry, Whole 20-30 25C½35N 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Malt, Meal 36-40 38B625P 30A 0.4 1A-B-C

Page
Page 9 9
 Material Characteristics

Weight % Mat’l
Material Comp.
Material Lbs per Trough Factor
Code Series
Cu. Ft. Loading FM
Malt, Sprouts 13-15 14C½35P 30A 0.4 1A-B-C
Magnesium Chloride (Magnesite) 33 33C½45 30A 1.0 1A-B
Manganese Dioxide 70-85 78A10035NRT 30A 1.5 2A-B
Manganese Ore 125-140 133Dx37 15 2.0 3D
Manganese Oxide 120 120A10036 30B 2.0 2D
Manganese Sulfate 70 70C½37 15 2.4 3D
Marble, Crushed 80-95 88B637 15 2.0 3D
Marl, (Clay) 80 880Dx36 30B 1.6 2D
Meat, Ground 50-55 53E45HQTX 30B 1.5 2A-B
Meat, Scrap (w/bone) 40 40E46H 30B 1.5 2D
Mica, Flakes 17-22 20B616MY 30B 1.0 2D
Mica, Ground 13-15 14B636 30B 0.9 2D
Mica, Pulverized 13-15 14A10036M 30B 1.0 2D
Milk, Dried, Flake 5-6 6B635PUY 30A 0.4 1B
Milk, Malted 27-30 29A4045PX 30A 0.9 1B
Milk, Powdered 20-45 33B625PM 30A 0.5 1B
Milk Sugar 32 32A10035PX 30A 0.6 1B
Mill Scale (Steel) 120-125 123E46T 3.0 3D
Milo, Ground 32-36 34B625 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Milo, Maize (Kafir) 40-45 43B615N 30A 0.4 1A-B-C
Molybdenite Powder 107 107B626 30B 1.5 2D
Monosodium Phosphate 50 50B636 30B 0.6/2.0 2D
Mortar, Wet 150 150E46T 30B 3.0 3D
Mustard Seed 45 45B615N 45 0.4 1A-B-C
Naphthalene Flakes 45 45B635 30B 0.7 1A-B-C
Niacin (Nicotinic Acid) 35 35A4035P 30B 0.8 2D
Oat Hulls 8-12 10B635NY 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Oats 26 26C½25MN 45 0.4 1A-B-C
Oats, Crimped 19-26 23C½35 45 0.5 1A-B-C
Oats, Crushed 22 22B645NY 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Oats, Flour 35 35A10035 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Oats, Rolled 19-24 22C½35NY 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Oleo Margarine 59 59E45HKPWZ 30A 0.4 2A-B
Orange, Peel, Dry 15 15E45 15 1.5 2A-B
Oxalic Acid 60 60B635QS 30A 1.0 1A-B
Oyster Shells, Ground 50-60 55C½36T 30B 2.0 3D
Oyster Shells, Whole 80 80D336TV 30B 2.5 3D
Paper Pulp (4% or less) 62 62E45 30A 2.0 2A-B
Paper Pulp (6% to 15%) 60-62 61E45 30A 2.0 2A-B
Paraffin Cake -- ½ 45 45C½45K 30A 0.6 1A-B
Peanuts, Clean, In Shell 15-20 18D335Q 30A 0.6 2A-B

Page 1010
Page
Material Characteristics

Weight % Mat’l
Material Comp.
Material Lbs per Trough Factor
Code Series
Cu. Ft. Loading FM
Peanut Meal 30 30B635P 30A 0.6 1B
Peanuts, Raw, Unshelled 15-20 18D336Q 30A 0.7 3D
Peanuts, Shelled 35-45 40C½35Q 30A 0.4 1B
Peas, Dried 45-50 48C½15NQ 45 0.5 1A-B-C
Perlite, Expanded 8-12 10C½36 30B 0.6 2D
Phosphate Acid Fertilizer 60 60B625T 30A 1.4/2.5 2A-B
Phosphate Disodium (See Sod. Phosphate)
Phosphate Rock, Broken 75-85 80D36 30B 2.5 2D
Phosphate Rock, Pulverized 60 60B636 30 1.7 2D
Phosphate Sand 90-100 95B637 15 2.5 3D
Plaster of Paris (See Gypsum)
Plumbago (See Graphite)
Polystyrene Beads 40 40B635PQ 30A 0.4 1B
Polyvinyl, Chloride Powder 20-30 25A10045KT 30A 1.0 2B
Polyvinyl, Chloride Pellets 20-30 25E45KT 30A 1.0 2B
Polyethylene, Resin Pellets 30-35 33C½45Q 30A 0.4 1A-B
Potash (Muriate of Potash) 70 70B637 15 2.0 3D
Potash (Muriate Mine Run) 75 75Dx37 15 2.0 3D
Potassium Carbonate 51 51B636 30B 1.0 2D
Potassium Chloride, Pellets 120-130 125C½25TU 30B 1.6 3D
Potassium Nitrate -½ 76 76C½16NT 30B 1.2 3D
1
Potassium Nitrate – /8 80 80B626NT 30A 1.2 3D
Potassium Sulfate 42-48 45B646X 30B 1.0 2D
Potato Flour 48 48A20035MNP 30A 0.5 1A-B
1
Pumice – /8 42-48 45B646 15 1.5 3D
Pyrite, Pellets 120-130 125C½26 30B 2.0 3D
Quartz – 100 Mesh 70-80 75A10027 15 1.7 3D
Quartz - ½ 80-90 85C½27 15 2.0
Rice, Bran 20 20B635NY 30A 0.4 1A-B-C
Rice, Grits 42-45 44B635P 30A 0.4 1A-B-C
Rice, Polished 30 30C½15P 30A 0.4 1A-B-C
Rice, Hulled 45-49 47C½25P 45 0.4 1A-B-C
Rice, Hulls 20-21 21B635NY 45 0.4 1A-B-C
Rice, Rough 32-36 34C½35N 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Rosin - ½ 65-68 67C½45Q 30A 1.5 1A-B-C
Rubber, Reclaimed, Ground 23-50 37C½45Q 30A 0.8 1A-B-C
Rubber, Pelleted 50-55 53D345 30A 1.5 2A-B-C
Rye 42-48 45B615N 45 0.4 1A-B-C
Rye Bran 15-20 18B635Y 45 0.4 1A-B-C
Rye Feed 33 33B635 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Rye Meal 45-50 38B635 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Rye, Middlings 42 42B635 30A 0.5 1A-B-C

Page
Page 11 11
 Material Characteristics
Weight % Mat’l
Material Comp.
Material Lbs per Trough Factor
Code Series
Cu. Ft. Loading FM
Rye, Shorts 32-33 33C½35 30A 0.5 2A-B
Safflower, Cake 50 50D326 30A 0.6 2D
Safflower, Meal 50 50B635 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Safflower, Seed 45 45B615N 45 0.4 1A-B-C
Saffron (See Safflower)
Salt Ammoniac (See Ammonium Chloride)
Salt Cake, Dry, Coarse 85 85B636TU 30B 2.1 3D
Salt Cake, Dry, Pulverized 65-85 75B636TU 30B 1.7 3D
Salicylic Acid 29 29B637U 30A 0.6 3D
Salt, Dry, Coarse 45-60 53C½36TU 30B 1.0 3D
Salt, Dry, Fine 70-80 75B636TU 30B 1.7 3D
Saltpeter (See Potassium Nitrate)
Sand, Dry Bank (Damp) 110-130 120B647 15 2.8 3D
Sand, Dry Bank (Dry) 90-110 100B637 15 1.7 3D
Sand, Dry Silica 90-100 95D337Z 15 2.6 3D
Sand, Foundry (Shake Out) 90-100 95D337Z 15 2.6 3D
Sand (Resin Coated) Silica 104 104B627 15 2.0 3D
Sand (Resin Coated) Ziron 115 115A10027 15 2.3 3D
Sawdust, Dry 10-13 12B645UX 30A 0.7 1A-B-C
Sea-Coal 65 65B636 30B 1.0 2D
Sesame Seed 27-41 34B626 30B 0.6 2D
Shale, Crushed 85-90 88C½36 30B 2.0 2D
Shellac, Powdered or Granulated 31 31B635P 30A 0.6 1B
Silicon Dioxide (See Quartz)
Silica, Flour 80 80A4046 30B 1.5 2D
Silica, Gel 45 45D337HKQU 15 2.0 3D
Slag, Blast Furnace 130-180 155D337Y 15 2.4 3D
Slag, Furnace, Granular-Dry 60-65 63C½37 15 2.2 3D
Slate, Crushed - ½ 80-90 85C½36 30B 2.0 2D
Slate, Ground – 1/8 82-85 84B636 30B 1.6 2D
Sludge, Sewage, Dried 40-50 45E47TW 30B 0.8 3D
Soap, Beads or Granules 15-35 25B635Q 30A 0.6 2D
Soap, Chips 15-25 20C½35Q 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Soap, Detergent 15-50 33B635FQ 30A 0.8 1A-B-C
Soap, Flakes 5-15 10B635QXY 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Soap, Powder 20-25 23B625X 30A 0.9 1A-B-C
Soapstone, Talc, fine 40-50 45A20045XY 30B 2.0 1A-B-C
Soda Ash, Heavy 55-65 60B636 30B 1.0 2D
Soda Ash, Light 20-35 28A4036Y 30B 0.8 2D
Sodium Aluminate, Ground 72 72B636 30B 1.0 2D
Sodium Aluminate Fluoride (See Cryolite)
Sodium Aluminum Sulphate 75 75A10036 30B 1.0 2D
Sodium Bentonite(See Bentonite)
Sodium Bicarbonate (See Baking Soda)

Page 12
Page 12
Material Characteristics

Weight % Mat’l
Material Comp.
Material Lbs per Trough Factor
Code Series
Cu. Ft. Loading FM
Sodium Chloride ( See Salt)
Sodium Carbonate (See Soda Ash)
Sodium Hydrate (See Caustic Soda)
Sodium Hydroxide (See Caustic Soda)
Sodium Borate (See Borax)
Sodium Nitrate 70-80 75D325NS 30A 1.2 2A-B
Sodium Phosphate 50-60 55A35 30B 0.9/2.0 1A-B
Sodium Sulfate (See Salt Cake)
Sodium Sulfite 96 96B646X 30B 1.5 2D
Sorghum, Seed (See Kafir or Milo)
Soybean Cake 40-43 42D335W 30A 1.0 2A-1B-1C
Soybean, Cracked 30-40 35C½36NW 30B 0.5 2D
Soybean, Flake, Raw 18-25 22C½35Y 30A 0.8 1A-B-C
Soybean, Flour 27-30 29A4035MN 30A 0.8 1A-B-C
Soybean, Meal – Cold 40 40B635 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Soybean, Meal – Hot 40 40B635T 30A 0.5 1A-B-C
Soybean, Whole 45-50 48C½26NW 15 1.0 3D
Starch 25-50 38A4015M 45 1.0 1A-B-C
Steel Turnings, Crushed 100-150 125D346WY 15 3.0 3D
Sugar Beet, Pulp – Dry 12-15 14C½26 30B 0.9 2D
Sugar Beet, Pulp – Wet 25-45 35C½35X 30B 1.2 1A-B-C
Sugar, Refined, Granulated – Dry 50-55 53B635PU 30A 1.2 1B
Sugar, Refined, Granulated – Wet 55-65 60C½35X 30A 2.0 1B
Sugar, Powdered 50-60 55A10035PX 30A 0.8 1B
Sugar, Raw 55-65 60B635PX 30A 2.0 1B
Sulphur, Crushed – ½ 50-60 55C½35N 30A 0.8 1A-B
Sulphur, Lumpy – 3” 80-85 83D335N 30A 0.8 2A-B
Sulphur, Powdered 50-60 55A4035MN 30A 0.8 1A-B
Sunflower Seed 19-38 29C½15 30 0.5 1A-B-C
Talcum – ½ 80-90 85C½36 30B 0.9 2D
Talcum Powder 50-60 55A20036M 30B 0.9 2D
Tanbark, Ground 55 55B645 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Timothy Seed 36 36B635NY 30A 0.6 1A-B-C
Titanium Dioxide (See Ilmenite Ore)
Tobacco, Scraps 15-25 20D345Y 30A 0.8 2A-B
Tobacco Snuff 30 30B645MQ 30B 0.9 1A-B-C
Tricalcium Phosphate 40-50 45A4045 30A 1.6 1A-B
Triple Super Phosphate 50-55 53B636RS 30B 2.0 3D
Trisodium Phosphate, Granular 60 60B636 30B 1.7 2D
Trisodium Phosphate, Pulverized 50 50A4036 30B 1.6 2D

Page
Page 13 13
 Material Characteristics

Weight % Mat’l
Material Comp.
Material Lbs per Trough Factor
Code Series
Cu. Ft. Loading FM
Tung Nut Meats, Crushed 28 28D325W 30A 0.8 2A-B
Tung Nuts 25-30 28D315 30A 0.7 2A-B
Urea Prills, Coated 43-46 45B625 45 1.2 1A-B-C
Vermiculite, Expanded 16 16C½35Y 30B 0.5 1A-B
Vermiculite, Ore 80 80D336 30B 1.0 2D
Vetch 48 48B616N 30B 0.4 1A-B-C
Walnut Shells, Crushed 35-45 40B636 15 1.0 2D
Wheat 45-48 47C½25N 45 0.4 1A-B-C
Wheat, Cracked 40-45 43B625N 30A 0.4 1A-B-C
Wheat, Germ 18-28 23B625N 30A 0.4 1A-B-C
White Lead, Dry 75-100 88A4036MR 30B 1.0 2D
Wood Chips, Screened 10-30 20D345VY 30A 0.6 2A-B
Wood Flour 16-36 25B635N 30A 0.4 1A-B
Wood Shavings 8-16 12E45VY 30B 1.5 2A-B
Zinc Concentrate Residue 75-80 78B637 15 1.0 3D
Zinc Oxide, Heavy 30-35 33A10045X 30A 1.0 1A-B
Zinc Oxide, Light 10-15 13A10045XY 30A 1.0 1A-B

Page 14
Page 14
Screw Conveyors – Capacity Table
Pipe Size Capacity in Cu. Ft. Per Hr.*
Trough Screw (Nom. Dia.) Maximum
Loading Dia. Used for RPM At At
Capacity Tables Maximum RPM 1 RPM
6 2 165 368 2.23
9 2½ 155 1240 8.00
12 3 145 2813 19.40
14 3½ 140 4330 30.93
45% 16 3½ 130 6126 47.12
18 4 120 8052 67.10
20 4 110 10253 93.21
24 4 100 16368 163.68
30 4 90 29150 323.89
6 2 120 180 1.50
9 2½ 100 536 5.36
12 3 90 1164 12.93
14 3½ 85 1753 20.62
30%A 16 3½ 80 2514 31.42
18 4 75 3355 44.73
20 4 70 4350 62.14
24 4 65 7093 109.12
30 4 60 12955 215.92
6 2 60 90 1.50
9 2½ 55 295 5.36
12 3 50 647 12.93
14 3½ 50 1031 20.62
30%B 16 3½ 45 1414 31.42
18 4 45 2013 44.73
20 4 40 2486 62.14
24 4 40 4365 109.12
30 4 35 7557 215.92
6 2 60 45 .75
9 2½ 55 147 2.68
12 3 50 323 6.46
14 3½ 50 516 10.31
15% 16 3½ 45 707 15.70
18 4 45 1006 22.36
20 4 40 1242 31.06
24 4 40 2182 54.56
30 4 35 3779 107.96
*Capacities shown are for full pitch screws. Consult factory for inclined conveyors.
Dimensions are in inches.
See Page 18 for Lump Size Limitations

Page 15
Page 15
 Screw Conveyors – Capacity

Screw Conveyor Speed The required capacity is:

Conveyor speed may be determined by 16,000 lbs/hr

C= = 314 ft3
reviewing your selection or the capacity
51 PCF
table and obtaining the ft3 conveyed at
1 RPM. Sizing Capacity B:
The speed is then:
SC = 314 • 3.75 = 1178 ft3
N = C
The 3.75 is from Table (CF2 )
CFH @ 1 RPM
The conveyor size selected is a 16” from the
N = Conveyor Speed capacity table based on a sizing capacity of
C = Required Capacity in ft3/Hr 1178 ft3 with a 30%B trough load.

When hard iron bearings are used with Actual conveyor speed required is:
hardened shafts, then the following
limitations will apply: 1178 ft3
N= = 37.49 RPM
N= 120 31.42 ft /hr at 1RPM
3

Shaft Diameter in Inches

Shaft size to be equal or smaller than
calculated size. Check torsional ratings.
Sample Screw Conveyor Calculation
A horizontal screw conveyor is required to
move 8 TPH of Potassium Carbonate over
a 36’ length.
*From the material table the weight
is 51 PCF, component series is 2D, trough
loading 30%B.
The lump size from the material table
and the lump size chart:
(B6 = five material)
indicate no adjustments are necessary.
Maximum Shaft Diameter Is:
120
Shaft Dia. = = 3.20”
37.49 RPM
The closest standard shaft often used that
is smaller than 3.2” is a 3” shaft.

A nominal amount of other additives are to

be added and require some mixing as well
as conveying. For this purpose, cut and
folded flights are to be used.

Page 16 16
Page
 HORIZONTAL SCREW CONVEYORS – Capacity
SPECIAL SCREW PITCH CAPACITY
Sizing a normal horizontal screw FACTORS (CF1)
conveyor requires: Capacity
Pitch Description
Factor
1. Required capacity in cubic feet per hour
Standard Pitch = Diameter 1.00
based on material as it is conveyed. Short Pitch = 2/3 Diameter 1.50
2. Percentage of trough loading Half Pitch = ½ Diameter 2.00
Long Pitch = 1½ Diameter 0.67
3. Maximum lump size
SPECIAL SCREW FLIGHT CAPACITY
DETERMINATION OF CONVEYOR SIZE FACTORS (CF2)
Review the material in the materials table to Conveyor Loading
Type
obtain the suggested trough loading. 15% 30% 45%
Referring to the capacity table, locate the
size of screw conveyor at the maximum Cut Flight 1.95 1.57 1.43
RPM that will exceed your requirements. Cut-and-folded flight N.R.♦ 3.75 2.54
♦NOT RECOMMENDED
If your process has surges of material
from time to time, it may be better to
RIBBON SCREW CAPACITY
upsize your conveyor to accommodate
FACTORS (CF3)
these surges.
Screw Ribbon Conveyor Loading
Finally, review the lump size chart after you Dia. Width
have made your selection to see if it offsets 15% 30% 45%
your choice. This should be the minimum 6 1 1.03 1.32 1.85
size selected.
9 1½ 1.06 1.40 1.76
MODIFIED FLIGHT CAPACITIES 2 1.06 1.41 1.75
12
Screw Conveyor flights can be modified in 2½ 1.00 1.20 1.55
several ways that will affect the capacity.
14 2½ 1.02 1.32 1.67
The modifications must be taken into
account when sizing a screw conveyor. 16 2½ 1.09 1.47 1.85
18 3 1.06 1.41 1.75
SC = C x CF
20 3 1.12 1.52 1.90
SC = Selection Capacity (Cu. Ft. Per Hour) 24 3 1.42 1.77 2.20
Also Referred to as Equivalent
Capacity
Factors for Screws with Paddles♦ (CF4)
C = Required Capacity in Cubic Feet Per
Hour Paddles per Pitch
CF = Capacity Factor (CF1 x CF3 x CF4)
Factor 1 2 3 4
1.08 1.16 1.24 1.32

♦Standard paddles at 45° reverse pitch.

Page17
Page 17
 LUMP SIZE LIMITATIONS
When sizing a screw conveyor, the lump size
of the material and percentages of the lumps
as a proportion to the total amount of material
conveyed may be a consideration in the final
size selection of a screw conveyor. When
figuring the lump size the largest dimension
should be used.
If the material lumps are friable, that is, easily
crumbled, then they would not pose any
serious limitation to the screw conveyor and
could usually be discounted in calculating the
conveyor size.
Three classes of lump sizes apply as follows:
Class 1. A mixture of lumps and fines in
which not more than 10% are
lumps ranging from maximum size
to one half of the maximum; and
90% are lumps smaller than one
half of the maximum size.
Class 2. A mixture of lumps and fines in
which not more than 25% are
lumps ranging from the
maximum size to one half of
the maximum; and 75% are
lumps smaller than one half of
the maximum size.
Class 3. A mixture of lumps only in
which 95% or more are lumps
ranging from maximum size to
one half of the maximum size;
and 5% or less are lumps less
than one tenth of the
maximum size.
The lump ratio, LR, is indicated to show
the usual screw conveyor sizes and may
be used as a guide in sizing conveyors.
Unusual products and sizes should
be referred to Orthman Conveying
Systems for evaluation.

MAXIMUM LUMP SIZE TABLE

Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
*Radial
Screw Pipe 10% lumps 25% lumps 95% lumps
Clearance
Dia. (in.) OD (in.) Ratio R = 1.75 Ratio R = 2.5 Ratio R = 4.5
(in.)
Max lump (in.) Max lump (in.) Max lump (in.)
6 2 3/8 2 5/16 1¼ ¾ ½
3 13
2 /8 3 /16
9 7
2¼ 1½ ¾
2 /8 3 9/16
2 7/8 5 1/16
2¾ 2 1
12 3½ 4¾
4 4½
14 3½ 5¾ 3¼ 2½ 1¼
4 5½
16 4 6½ 3¾ 2¾ 1½
4½ 6½
18 4 7½ 4¼ 3 1¾
4½ 7½
20 4 8½ 4¾ 3½ 2
4½ 8½
24 4½ 10 ¼ 6 3¾ 2½
30 4½ 13 ¼ 7½ 5 3
*Radial clearance is distance between bottom of the trough and the bottom of screw pipe.

Page 18 18
Page
Horizontal Screw Conveyors – Horsepower Calculation

HORIZONTAL SCREW CONVEYORS

This formula for horizontal screw conveyors is based on a uniformly fed screw conveyor
that has been properly sized and installed.
C = Capacity in cubic feet per hour. (Required capacity)
e = Drive efficiency. See Table.
Fb = Hanger bearing factor. See Table.
Fd = Conveyor diameter factor. See Table.
Ff = Flight factor. See Table. *Use 1.0 for standard flights.
Fm = Material factor. See Material Characteristics Table.
Fo = Overload factor. See graph.
Fp = Paddle factor. See Table.
L = Total length of conveyor, feet.
N = Operating speed, RPM (revolutions per minute).
W = Weight of the material AS CONVEYED, lbs. per cubic foot.
HPf = Frictional horsepower
HPm = Material horsepower
HP = Total horsepower

LN Fd Fb
HPf = = (Horsepower to run an empty conveyor)
1,000,000
CLW Ff Fm Fp
HPm = = (Horsepower to move the material)
1,000,000
Total HP = (HPf + HPm) Fo
(If HPf + HPm is greater than 5.2, use 1.0 for Fo)
e

Hanger Bearing Factor, Fb

Bearing
Bearing Type
Factor,Fb
Ball 1.0
Babbitt
Bronze, Plain
*Bronze, Graphite
1.7
*Bronze, Oil-Impregnated
*Canvas Base Phenolic
*Wood, Oil Impregnated
*Nylon
2.0
•UHMW
*Hard Iron
4.4
*Hard Surfaced
*Non-lubricated, or bearings not additionally lubricated.
•Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polymer
Dimensions in inches

Page 19
Page 19
 Horizontal Screw Conveyors – Horsepower Calculation

Calculation Tables (Cont’d)

Diameter Factor, Fd

Diameter Factor, Fd
6 18
9 31
12 55
14 78
16 106
18 135
20 165
24 235
30 360

Modified Flight Factor, Ff

Conveyor Loading
Flight Type
15% 30% 45% 95%
Cut Flight 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.3
Cut-and-Folded Flight NR* 1.5 1.7 2.2
Ribbon Flight 1.05 1.14 1.20 —

*Not Recommended

Paddle Factor, Fp

*Paddles per Pitch

Factor, Fp 1 2 3 4
1.29 1.58 1.87 2.16

*Standard paddles at 45° reverse pitch

If no paddles, Fp = 1.0

Drive Efficiency Factor, e

Screw Drive or V-Belt to Motor Reducer Motor Reducer
Shaft Mount Helical Reducer With With
With V-Belt With Coupling Chain Drive Coupling
0.85 0.85 0.85 0.95

Page 20 20
Page
 Fo — OVERLOAD FACTOR

Factor Fo

HORSEPOWER HPf + HPm

FOR VALUES OF HPf + HPm GREATER THAN 5.2, Fo IS 1.0
TRACE THE VALUE OF HPf + HPm VERTICALLY TO THE DIAGONAL LINE,
THEN ACROSS TO THE LEFT WHERE THE Fo VALUE IS LISTED.

EXAMPLE FOR HORSEPOWER CALCULATION

Use same example problem from pg. 16

operating Cut-and-Fold flights.
Known data from problem: Total Horsepower is:

C = Capacity: 314 Ft³ HPf + HPm = .63 + .82 = 1.45HP

e = Drive efficiency: 0.85
Since this total is less than 5.2, the overload
Fb = Hanger bearing factor: 4.4
Fd = Conveyor diameter factor: 106 factor of Fo must be used.
Ff = Flight factor: 1.5
Total Horsepower is:
Fm = Material factor: 1.0
Fp = Paddle factor: 1.0
L = Total length of conveyor: 36 (HPf + HPm) X 1.75 = (.63 + .82) X 1.75 = 2.53 HP
N = Conveyor speed: 37.49
W = Wt of potassium carbonate as conveyed: 51 Consider drive efficiency:

Frictional Horsepower is: Motor horsepower: 2.53 = 2.97

.85
HPf = 36 X 37.49 X 106 X 4.4 = .63
1,000,000 A 3 HP motor could be used for the example.
However, actual plant conditions and
Material Horsepower is: operations might warrant the use of a 5 HP
motor to insure operation of the conveyor
HPm = 314 X 36 X 51 X 1.5X 1.0 X 1.0 = .86
under adverse conditions.
1,000,000

Page
Page 21 21
Page 22
 Frictional Horsepower Nomograph Horsepower Calculation

Page 23
 Screw Conveyor Deflection W = 325 #
L = 180”
Screw conveyor deflection is usually kept to I = 4.788
¼” (.25) or less. Standard length screws are
normally within this measurement. When DEF = 5 X 325 X 1803
longer than standard length screws are = .178”
needed then deflection must be checked. 384 X 29,000 X 4.788
Deflection can be calculated at mid-point by
use of the following formula: This deflection of .178 would be
acceptable. Usually a larger pipe will
DEF = 5WL3 reduce the deflection much better than a
384 E I heavier pipe.

Example: Very often the problem of excessive

Calculate the deflection of a 16” diameter
screw mounted on a 3 ½” Schedule 40
pipe with full pitch flights and length of
15’- 0”.
Where:
DEF = Deflection at mid-span, inches
W = Total weight of screw & pounds.
L = Screw length, inches
I = Moment of inertia for pipe or
shaft, inches4. Table below list
values for commonly used pipe sizes.
E = Modulus of elasticity.
Use 28,000,000 for stainless steel
pipe.
deflection can be solved by using a
conveyor screw section with a larger
diameter pipe or a thicker wall pipe
(Sch. 80). Usually the larger diameter pipe
is more effective than thicker wall pipe in
reducing deflection and is usually more
cost effective.
Applications where the calculated
deflection of screw exceeds .25 inches and
correction is not apparent can be referred
to Orthman Conveying Systems for further
recommendations.

CONVEYOR SCREW PIPES

NOM. SCHEDULE 40 SCHEDULE 80

PIPE NOM. NOM.
SIZE O.D. I.D. WT #/FT I IN4 NOM. I.D. WT #/FT I IN4

1¼ 1.660 1.380 2.27 .1947 1.278 3.0 .2418

2 2.375 2.067 3.65 .666 1.939 5.02 .8769
2½ 2.875 2.469 5.79 1.53 2.323 7.66 1.924
3 3.5 3.068 7.58 3.017 2.9 10.25 3.894
3½ 4.0 3.548 9.11 4.788 3.364 12.51 6.28
4 4.5 4.026 10.79 7.233 3.826 14.98 9.61
5 5.563 5.047 14.62 15.16 4.813 20.78 20.67
6 6.625 6.065 18.97 28.14 5.761 28.57 40.49
8 8.625 8.071 28.70 72.49 7.625 43.39 105.7
10 10.75 10.02 161.00 212.0

Page 24
Page 24
 Torque and Screw Conveyor Components

After all size selections have been made the In our example, we have:
actual ability if the components to handle the
motor horsepower must be considered. This TORQUE = 63025 X 3 HP = 5043 in. lbs
additional consideration takes the form of torque. 37.49

TORQUE = 63025 X Motor Horsepower Selecting a 16” screw with a 3” shaft and 3
N (Speed of Conveyor) ½” pipe shows that our limitation is 15,435
in. lbs., which is 2 coupling bolts in bearing.
When reviewing the torque table, the smallest There would be no torsional problem with
value of all components (in parenthesis) must be this selection.
compared to the torque that your conveyor will
experience. Other methods can be used to increase
torsional values. Consult with Orthman
Conveying Systems for these methods.

TORQUE RATINGS IN INCH – POUNDS

➀
BOLT DIAMETER
➃
PIPE DIAMETER

BOLTS SHAFTS
SHAFT DIA.

PIPE ➄
BEARING SHEAR ➂ ➁
STANDARD HIGH TORQUE GCC CEMA
SAE GRADE 2 SAE GRADE 5 SCH SCH
STD STD
40 80
2 BOLT 3 BOLT 2 BOLT 3 BOLT (C1045) (C1018)
2 BOLT 3 BOLT

3
1 1¼ /8 1915 2873 1369 2054 2945 4417 3143 3903 (1031) 822

1½ 2 ½ 4970 7454 (3652) 5478 7852 11778 7512 9794 3852 3069

5
2 2½ /8 7815 11723 (7609) 11413 16358 24538 14258 17937 9542 7603

7 5
2 /16 3 /8 11606 17409 (9273) 13909 19937 29905 23103 29819 18858 15026

3 3½ ¾ (15435) 23152 16434 24652 35334 53001 32078 42076 35580 28351

3 4 ¾ 24975 37463 (16434) 24652 35334 53001 43074 57236 35580 28351

7 7
3 /16 4 /8 (21721) 32582 25631 38447 55107 82661 43074 57236 53296 42467

15
3 /16 5 1 45759 68639 (38347) 57521 82446 123670 73044 99582 80286 63973

7
4 /16 6 1¼ 89917 134876 (67526) 101289 140181 217771 113843 163796 110706 88212

15
4 /16 6 1¼ (72302) 108453 73135 112702 161539 242309 113843 163796 158818 126548

➀ Nominal Pipe Size

➁ Includes Coupling & Drive Shafts
➂ Hardened shafts should be selected for wear characteristics. Use OCS standard C-1045 for torque values.
➃ Shaft dia. 1” thru 3 7/16” are standard CEMA sizes. Larger sizes shown for special screws exceeding CEMA standards.
➄ CEMA standard is sch. 40 pipe. Sch. 80 shown for special screw applications.

Page
Page 25 25
 Torque Capacities For Stainless Steel

ÌCoupling bolt sizes based on conveyor shaft diameters.

Conveyor pipe listed as nominal pipe size.

Page 26
Page 26
For Carbon Steel Torque Capacities

*Listed sizes based on conveyor shaft diameter

S = standard carbon steel 40 = pipe schedule (standard)
H = high-tensile steel 80 = pipe schedule (high capacity)

Page
Page 27 27
 SCREW WITH CUT FLIGHTS

Flights are cut to a depth of ½ of the flight Flights are cut to a depth of ½ of the
width.
First There
two are 5 cuts each
cuts eliminated per pitch onscrew.
end of each flight width. There are 5 cuts per pitch
flight. on each flight.

5 cuts per pitch 5 cuts per pitch

First two cuts eliminated each end of crew. First two cuts eliminated each end of screw.

Screw Dia. & Pitch A B C Screw Dia. & Pitch A B C

Inches Inches
6 2 1½ 7
/8 6 2 1½ 7
/8
9 3 2 1/8 1½ 9 3 2 1/8 1½
10 3 3/8 2¼ 1¾ 10 3 3/8 2¼ 1¾
12 4 2¾ 2 12 4 2¾ 2
14 4 5/8 3 1/8 2½ 14 4 5/8 3 1/8 2½
16 5¼ 3½ 3 16 5¼ 3½ 3
18 6 3 7/8 3 3/8 18 6 3 7/8 3 3/8
20 6 5/8 4¼ 3 7/8 20 6 5/8 4¼ 3 7/8
24 7 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 24 7 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8

Page 28 28
Page
 SCREW CONVEYOR WELD FINISH CLASSIFICATIONS

Screw conveyor welds are frequently required to be “ground smooth”, particularly for
applications in the food industry. Since the term ground smooth can have various
interpretations, the following classifications are used to define ground smooth:

1A — Weld spatter and Slag removed (CEMA I)

1B — Weld Spatter and Slag removed and Sand Blasted

2A — Weld Spatter and Slag removed and rough grind welds to remove heavy weld ripple
or unusual roughness (equivalent to a 40-50 grit finish) (CEMA II)

2B — Weld Spatter and Slag removed and rough grind welds to remove heavy weld ripple
or unusual roughness (equivalent to a 40-50 grit finish) and sandblasted.

3A — Weld Spatter and Slag removed and medium grind welds — leaving some pits and
crevices (equivalent to an 80-100 grit finish) (CEMA III)

3B — Weld Spatter and Slag removed and medium grind welds — leaving some pits and
crevices (equivalent to an 80-100 grit finish) and sandblasted

4 — Weld Spatter and Slag removed and fine grind welds — no pits or crevices
permissible (equivalent to a 140-150 grit finish) (CEMA IV)

5 — Weld Spatter and Slag removed and fine grind weld — no pits or crevices
permissible (equivalent to a 140-150 grit finish) and polish to a bright uniform finish
(CEMA V).

Page 29
Page 29
THERMAL EXPANSION OF SCREW CONVEYORS FOR HOT MATERIALS

Screw conveyors are often used to convey hot materials. When they are employed in this
manner, allowances must be made for the expansion of the trough and screws. Allowances
must also be made for the different expansion between the troughs and screws.

The recommended method is to provide supports for
movement of the trough end feet during the expansion
the conveyor is usually fixed, allowing the movement
multiple discharge spouts are in a fixed position, the
required.
the trough sections that will allow
and contractions. The drive end of
in the balance of the conveyor. If
expansion type of trough may be

The following formula can be used to determine the change in length of the conveyor:
∆L = L (t1 –t2) C

Where: ∆L = increment of change in length, inch

L = overall conveyor length in inches
t1 = upper limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit
t2 = lower limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit,
(or lowest ambient temperature expected)
C = coefficient of linear expansion, inches per inch per degree
Fahrenheit. This coefficient has the following values for various metals:
(a) Hot rolled carbon steel — 6.5 x 10-6 (.0000065)
(b) Stainless steel — 9.9 x 10-6 (.0000099)
(c) Aluminum — 12.8 x 10-6 (.0000128)

Example Problem:

A 60-foot screw conveyor is to convey hot ash at a temperature of 450° F that will raise the
metal temperature to 400° F from an original 90° F.

t1 = 400
t2 = 90
t1 – t2 = 310°

∆L = (720) (310) (6.5 x 10-6 )

= 1.45”

In this example, the use of expansion hangers would be required and provisions made for
trough movement.

Page 30
Page 30
DESCRIPTIVE PART NUMBERS FOR STANDARD SCREWS
SCREW DIAMETER COUPLING DIAMETER

14 H 6 14

SCREW TYPE FLIGHT THICKNESS (OUTER EDGE)

H = HELICOID 04 = 1/16” 12 = 3/16”

S = SECTIONAL 06 = 3/32” 14 = 7/32”
R = RIBBON 08 = 1/8” 16 = 1/4”
09 = 9/64” 24 = 3/8”
10 = 5/32” 32 = ½”

COMPARISON TABLE – HELICOID AND SECTIONAL SCREWS

PIPE SIZE HELICOID SECTIONAL

DESIGNATION FLIGHT

DESIGNATION

THICKNESS
COUPLING
DIAMETER

THICKNESS

10 GAUGE
NOMINAL
SCREW

FLIGHT
SIZE

SIZE

SIZE
O.D. ROOT TIP
1 1
6H304 /8 /16 — —
6 1½ 2 2 /8 3
6H308 ¼ 1
/8 6S309 3
/16
3 3 3
6H312 /8 /16 6S312 /16
3 3 3
9H306 /16 /32 9S312 /16
1½ 2 2 3/8 3 3
9H312 /8 /16 9S316 ¼
9 9H406 3
/16 1
/32 9S412 3
/16
2 2½ 2 /8 7
9H412 3
/8 3
/16 9S412 3
/16
7 7
9H414 /16 /32 9S416 ¼
1 3
12H408 ¼ /8 12S412 /16
2 2½ 2 7/8 3 3 3
12H412 /8 /16 12S412 /16
12 12H508 ¼ 1
/8 12S512 3
/16
2 7/16 3 3½ 3 3 3
12H512 /8 /16 12S512 /16
7 7
3 3½ 4 12H614 /16 /32 12S616 ¼
1 3
2 7/16 3 3½ 14H508 ¼ /8 14S512 /16
14 7 7
3 3½ 4 14H614 /16 /32 14S616 ¼
5 5 3
3½ 4 16H610 /16 /32 16S612 /16
16 3 7 7
4 4½ 16H614 /16 /32 16S616* ¼
5 5 3
18 3 3½ 4 18H610 /16 /32 18S612 /16

Page 31
Page 31
 Component Selection Bearing and Coupling Shaft Series
The chart, along with the material Coupling Bearing
table, illustrates suggested screw Series
Shaft Material
conveyor components. They may be
used as a guide. A Standard Ball
Babbitt, Bronze,
Recommendations for highly *Graphite bronze,
abrasive, corrosive, explosive, B Standard *Canvas base phenolic,
and/or unusual materials should *Oil impregnated bronze,
be referred to Orthman Conveying *Oil impregnated wood
Systems for evaluation.
C Standard *Plastic, *Nylon, *Teflon
Hardened
Or *Chilled hard iron,
D Hard *Hardened alloy sleeve
Surfaced
*Non-lubricated bearings, or bearings not additionally lubricated.
Component Series Table

Series 1 Series 2 Series 3

Cover Thickness (Ga)

Screw Screw Screw

Number Number Number
Screw Diameter

Thickness (Ga)
Tube or Trough

Tube or Trough

Tube or Trough
Shaft Diameter

Thickness

Thickness
Sectional

Sectional

Sectional
Helicoid

Helicoid

Helicoid

6 1½ 16 6H304 6S309 16 6H308 6S309 14 ga 6H312 6S316 10 ga

1½ 9H306 9H312 9H312 9S316 3
9 16 14 10 ga /16
2 9H406 9H412 9H414 9S416
2 12H408 12H412 12S412 12H412 12S524
3
12 2 7/16 14 12H508 12 12H512 12S512 /16 12H512 12S624 ¼
3 12H614 12H614 12S612 12H614
2 7
/16 14H508 14H508 14S512 3 14H508
14 14 12 /16 14S624 ¼
3 14H614 14H614 14S612 14H614
3
16 3 14 16H610 16S612 12 16H614 16S616 /16 16H614 16S624 ¼
3 3 18S624
18 14 18H610 18S612 12 18S616 /16 ¼
3 7
/16 18S724
3 20S616 3
20S624
20 14 10 /16 ¼
3 7
/16 20S716 20S724
3
24 3 7/16 12 10 24S716 /16 24S724 ¼

Page
Page32
32
Page
Page 33
33
Orthman Conveying Systems Screw Conveyors
The fastest way to put a screw conveyor to work for you.
¾ Quickly ¾ Easily ¾ Completely
Equipment that pays its own way.
Drive Group
Unmatched Versatility
You’ll find reliable ORTHMAN CONVEYING
SYSTEMS’ screw conveyors hard at work in a
broad range of applications, handling
everything from alfalfa meal to zinc oxide –
over 250 types of materials ORTHMAN
CONVEYING SYSTEMS’ screw conveyors can
handle it effectively and economically.
ORTHMAN delivers more than products – it’s a
total program. Standardized dimensions,
simplified selection, prompt ordering and
deliver all play a part. Efficiencies all down
the line combine to make our conveyors your
company’s best investment.
Page 34
Engineering for Every Type of Service
No one can match our ability to give you the right
equipment for your application. ORTHMAN CONVEYING
SYSTEMS’ screw conveyors serve industry in a wide
variety of applications: conveying, distributing, collecting,
mixing, heating, cooling, elevating, batching, blending,
aerating and providing crystallization or coagulant
action.
Screw conveyor hangers are precision formed and have
slotted mounting hole. Wide top-bars support the cover
at trough joints, and the semi-flanged trough covers
have spring clamps attached.
ORTHMAN screw conveyors and components are
accurately and ruggedly built. All components meet
CEMA specifications and are interchangeable for fast,
easy assembly, and don’t require special tools or
specially trained personnel.
 Tail
End
Group

NOTE: Photographs and diagrams of screw

conveyors in this catalog are shown without
covers or have exposed screws or shafting and
are shown for illustration purposes only. Screw
conveyors should never be used without covers,
guards, or protective equipment.

Orthman screw conveyors can be furnished Our experienced Material Handling

with all your necessary power transmission Specialists welcome the opportunity
components – V-belts, sheaves, motors and to assist you and to provide solutions
guards, all precision designed to work with to your bulk material handling
the screw conveyor drive. requirements. Start improving the
productivity of your operation with
Orthman Conveying Systems
Reliable Service conveyors and components.
When You Need It
The productivity of your bulk material
handling operations could ultimately depend
on the speed and efficiency of your
equipment supplies. That’s why so many
companies rely on Orthman Conveying Equipment that
Systems’ screw conveyors and pays
components. We understand that quality
products must be supported by a its own way.
responsive service network.

Page
Page35
35
CONVEYOR SCREWS

DIMENSIONS
D STD SECTIONS FLIGHT THICKNESS
SCREW
DIA. & CPLG. STD WT. E G PIPE
PITCH DIA. PART # LENGTH EACH ROOT TIP O.D.
1 1
6H304 14 /8 /16
6 1½ 6H308 9’ 10” 27 ¼ 1
/8 2 3/8
3 3
6H312 34 /8 /16
3 3
9H306 33 /16 /32
1½ 9’ 10” 3 3
2 3/8
9H312 60 /8 /16
9 9H406 33 3
/16 3
/32
2 9H412 9’ 10” 68 3
/8 3
/16 2 7/8
7 7
9H414 71 /16 /32
1
12H408 75 ¼ /8
2 11’ 10” 3 3
2 7/8
12H412 108 /8 /16
12 12H508 78 ¼ 1
/8
2 7/16 11’ 9” 3 3
3½
12H512 110 /8 /16
7 7
3 12H614 113 /16 /32 4
11’ 9”
2 7/16 14H508 80 ¼ 1
/8 3½
14 7 7
3 14H614 11’ 9” 140 /16 /32 4
5 5
3** 16H610 11’ 9” 120 /16 /32 4
16 7 7
3 16H614 11’ 9” 160 /16 /32 4½
18 3 18H610 11’ 9” 149 5
/16 5
/32 4

*STANDARD-MOUNTED TO SCHEDULE 40 PIPE

**RIGHT HAND FLIGHTING IS STANDARD

Page 36 Page37
CONVEYOR SCREWS

DIMENSIONS
SCREW DIA.

MTD. CONVEYOR–
COUPLING

COUPLING
THICKNESS

STD SECTIONS PIPE SIZE

BEARING
LENGTH
& PITCH

DESIGNATION

FLIGHT
CONV. SIZE

BOLTS
DIA.

STD
LENGTH AVE. INSIDE OUTSIDE
WEIGHT
D B L EACH E * F C H
6S309 63 10 GA
6 1½ 6S312 9’ 10” 70 3
/16 2 2 3/8 2 ½X3
6S316 80 ¼
3
9S312 89 /16
1½ 9’ 10” 2 2 3/8 2 ½X3
9S316 106 ¼
9 9S412 109 3
/16
2 9S416 9’ 10” 124 ¼ 2½ 2 7/8 2 5
/8 X 3 5/8
3
9S424 155 /8
3
2 7/16 12S524 11’ 9” 249 /8 3 3½ 3 5
/8 X 4 5/8
3
12S612 189 /16
12
3 12S616 11’ 9” 212 ¼ 3½ 4 3 ¾X5
3
12S624 260 /8

*STANDARD-MOUNTED 40 SCHEDULE 40 PIPE

**RIGHT HAND FLIGHTING IS STANDARD

Page 38 Page 37
 CONVEYOR SCREWS

SECTIONAL (CONT’D)

MTD CONVEYOR
SCREW DIA. &

STD SECTIONS PIPE SIZE

THICKNESS
DESIGNATION

COUPLING
COUPLING

BEARING
CONV. SIZE

LENGTH
FLIGHT

BOLTS
PITCH

DIA.

STD AVE.
LENGTH WT. INSIDE OUTSIDE
D B L EACH E * F C H
3
14S512 191 /16
2 7/16 11’ 9” 3 3½ 3 5
/8 X 4
14S516 222 ¼
14 14S612 207 3
/16
3 14S616 11’ 9” 236 ¼ 3½ 4 3 ¾X5
3
14S624 295 /8
3
16S612 220 /16
16S616 254 ¼
16 3 11’ 9” 3
3½ 4 3 ¾X5
16S624 321 /8
16S632 402 ½
3
18S612 239 /16
18S616 279 ¼
3 11’ 9” 3
3½ 4 3 ¾X5
18S624 359 /8
18
18S632 450 ½
3
18S724 376 /16
3 7/16 11’ 8” 4 4½ 4 7
/8 X 5 ½
18S732 456 ¼
3
20S612 258 /16
20S616 306 ¼
3 11’ 9” 3
3½ 4 3 ¾X5½
20S624 104 /8
20S632 496 ½
20 3
20S712 274 /16
20S716 320 ¼
3 7/16 11’ 8” 3
4 4½ 4 7
/8 X 5 ½
20S724 412 /8
20S732 503 ½
3
24S712 309 /16
24S716 367 ¼
24 3 7/16 11’ 8” 3
4 4½ 4 7
/8 X 5 ½
24S724 482 /8
24S732 597 ½
*STANDARD MOUNTED TO SCHEDULE 40 PIPE
ALL SECTIONAL CONVEYOR SCREWS MADE TO ORDER.
ALL SECTIONAL CONVEYOR SCREWS AVAILABLE IN STAINLESS STEEL, AR STEEL, ALUMINUM, OR TITANIUM.
SECTIONAL FLIGHT CONVEYOR REGULARLY FURNISHED BUTT WELDED.
RH FLIGHTING WILL BE FURNISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

Page 38 Page 39
CONVEYOR SCREWS

SCREW COUPLING FLIGHT WT FLIGHTING

DIA. & PITCH DIAMETER PART # THICKNESS PER FLIGHT I.D.
6S309 10 GA 1.2
6 1½ 6S312 3
/16 1.6 2 3/ 8
6S316 ¼ 2.1
3
9S312 /16 4.0
1½ 9S316 ¼ 5.4
2 3/ 8
9 9S412 3
/16 3.9
2 9S416 ¼ 5.1 2 7/ 8
3
9S424 /8 7.7
3
12S412 /16 7.3
2 12S416 ¼ 9.7
2 7/ 8
3
12S512 /16 6.9
7
12 2 /16 12S516 ¼ 9.2 3½
3
12S524 /8 13.8
3
12S612 /16 6.7
3 12S616 ¼ 8.9 4
3
12S624 /8 13.4
3
14S512 /16 14.4
2 7/16 14S516 ¼ 19.2
3½
14 14S612 3
/16 9.6
3 14S616 ¼ 12.8 4
3
14S624 /8 19.2
3
16S612 /16 12.8
16S616 ¼ 17.1
16 3 16S624 3
/8 25.5
4
16S632 ½ 34.0
3
18S612 /16 16.8
18S616 ¼ 22.4
3 18S624 3
/8 33.6
4
18 18S632 ½ 44.8
3
7 18S724 /8 32.5
3 /16 182732 ½ 43.4
4½
3
20S612 /16 21.1
20S616 ¼ 28.1
3 20S624 3
/8 42.2
4
20S632 ½ 56.3
20 20S712 3
/16 20.3
7 20S716 ¼ 27.0
3 /16 20S724 3
/8 40.6
4½
20S732 ½ 54.1
3
24S712 /16 31.0
7 24S716 ¼ 41.3
24 3 /16 24S724 3
/8 62.1
4½
24S732 ½ 82.7
*Sectional flights constructed from a variety of materials, including stainless steel, abrasion-resistant steel, aluminum & titanium.

Page 40 Page 39
CONVEYOR SCREWS

DIMENSIONS
STD SECTIONS FLIGHT PIPE SIZE
DIA. & PITCH

COUPLING
BEARING
OUTSIDE
LENGTH
COUPLING
DIAMETER
SCREW

BOLTS
INSIDE
THICK.
WIDTH

WIDTH
STD

AVE.
PART WT
D NUMBER L EACH A E F C H
3
6 1½ 6SR312 9’ 10” 65 1 /16 2 2 /83
2 ½X3
9 1½ 9SR316 9’ 10” 100 1½ ¼ 2 2 3 /8 2 ½X3
12SR416 180 2 ¼
2 11’ 10” 2½ 2 7/8 2 5
/8 X 3 5/8
12 12SR424 216 3
2½ /8
2 /167
12SR524 11’ 9” 240 3 3½ 3 5
/8 X 4 3 /8
1/4
2 7/16 14SR516 224 2 3 3½ 3
/8 X 4 3 /8
5

14 2 /167
14SR524 11’ 9” 264 2½ 3
/8 3 3½ 3
3
3 14SR624 288 2½ /8 3½ 4 3 ¾X5
16SR616 11’ 9” 276 2½ ¼
16 3 3
3½ 4 3 ¾X5
16SR624 11’ 9” 324 2½ /8
3
18 3 18SR624 11’ 9” 384 3 /8 4 4½ 3 ¾X5
3
20 3 7/16 20SR724 11’ 8” 408 3 /8 4 4½ 4 7
/8 X5½

Page 40 Page 41
TROUGHS
U-TROUGH
Double Formed Flange
The top flange of the double-formed flange
trough is formed from the same sheet as the
trough, and its unique design adds
considerable strength and rigidity to the trough.
The double-formed flange provides an
effective dust-tight seal when used in
conjunction with flange type covers and
appropriate gasket material.
Channel
The channel U-Trough is well suited for
applications requiring long distances between
trough supports. Upper trough sides are
fabricated with structural steel channels to
which the lower contoured section may be
bolted or spring clamped. Is useful for abrasive
applications where frequent replacement of the
lower formed section is anticipated.
Angle Flanged
The top flange is fabricated with heavy-duty
structural steel angles welded to the top trough
edge. End flanges are jig-welded to insure
proper alignment with the other trough
sections.
Page 42
Formed Flange
The top flange is formed from the same
sheet as the trough, resulting in a
lightweight, yet rigid housing section.
End flanges are jig-welded for perfect
alignment with other sections.
Drop Bottom
Intended for applications where quick,
convenient access to the conveyor interior is
required. The drop bottom trough consists of
rigid upper sections to which a lower
contoured section is attached. One side of
the lower formed section is hinged while the
other is attached by use of spring clamps or
other type of quick opening device.
All Orthman Conveying Systems’
conveyor troughs are available in
stainless steel.
All troughs may also be furnished
in hot dipped galvanized.
For specific alloy materials available,
consult Orthman Conveying Systems.
Page 41
TROUGHS
RECTANGULAR TROUGH
Angle Flanged
Rectangular Troughs are well suited for
highly abrasive applications. The material
is allowed to form on the trough bottom,
thus preventing abrasion directly against
the trough wall. Top flanges are
fabricated of structural steel angle,
welded flush with the top trough edge.
Standard
Tubular troughs are inherently dust
and weather-tight, rigid and may be
readily loaded to a full cross section.
The standard tubular trough is rolled
from a single sheet and continuously
welded at the seam.
Formed Flange
Intended primarily for sticky or slightly
viscous materials, the flared trough is
most often employed with ribbon
screws. Top flanges are formed from
the same sheet as the trough. End
flanges are jig-welded for perfect
alignment with other sections.
Page 42
Formed Flange
The top flange for this type trough is
formed from the same sheet as the
trough, providing a rigid yet lighter
trough.
Formed Flange
This type is similar to the angle flange
except the flanges are formed from the
same sheet as the contoured half
sections, resulting in a rigid lightweight
tubular section. The halves are bolted
together to form the complete housing.
All Orthman Conveying Systems’
conveyor troughs are available in
stainless steel. All troughs may
also be furnished as hot dipped
galvanized.
For specific alloy materials
available, consult Orthman
Conveying Systems.
Page 43
CONVEYOR TROUGHS

SCREW TROUGH ANGLE FLANGE FORMED FLANGE

DIA. THICK. PART # *WT PART # *WT A B C D
16 6TU16A 67 6TU16F 55 9 5/8
14 6TU14A 78 6TU14F 67 9 11/16
6 12 6TU12A 123 6TU12F 91 7 4½ 1¼ 9¾
10 6TU10A 127 6TU10F 110 9¼
3
/16 6TU7A 159 6TU7F 145 9 3/8
12 9TU12A 156 9TU12F 132 13 3/16
10 9TU10A 176 9TU10F 164 13 ¼
9 10 6 1/ 8 1½
3
/16 9TU7A 230 9TU7F 214 13 3/8
¼ 9TU3A 281 9TU3F 270 13 ½
12 12TU12A 256 12TU12F 215 17 3/16
10 12TU10A 305 12TU10F 266 17 ¼
12 13 7¾ 2
3
/16 12TU7A 371 12TU7F 342 17 3/8
¼ 12TU3A 462 12TU3F 443 17 ½
12 14TU12A 276 14TU12F 234 19 3/16
10 14TU10A 330 14TU10F 292 19 ¼
14 15 9¼ 2
3
/16 14TU7A 407 14TU7F 378 19 3/8
¼ 14TU3A 515 14TU3F 496 19 ½
12 16TU12A 320 16TU12F 277 21 3/16
10 16TU10A 373 16TU10F 334 21 ¼
16 17 10 5/8 2
3
/16 16TU7A 458 16TU7F 428 21 3/8
¼ 16TU3A 580 16TU3F 559 21 ½
12 18TU12A 373 18TU12F 334 24 3/16
10 18TU10A 443 18TU10F 408 24 ¼
18 19 12 1/8 2½
3
/16 18TU7A 558 18TU7F 534 24 3/8
¼ 18TU3A 684 18TU3F 672 24 ½
10 20TU10A 503 20TU10F 463 26 ¼
20 3
/16 20TU7A 622 20TU7F 587 21 13 ½ 2½ 26 3/8
¼ 20TU3A 763 20TU3F 751 26 ½
10 24TU10A 529 24TU10F 461 30 ¼
24 3
/16 24TU7A 702 24TU7F 702 25 16 ½ 2½ 30 3/8
¼ 24TU3A 899 24TU3F 899 30 ½

*Standard Lengths: 6” and 9” diameter – 10’-0” 12” through 24” diameter – 12’-0”
ALL SIZES MADE TO ORDER

Page 44 Page 43
CONVEYOR TROUGHS

Rectangular Troughs

TROUGH FORMED
SCREW THICK. ANGLE FLANGE FLANGE
DIA. (Ga) PART # *WT PART # *WT A B C D
16 6TR16A 89 6TR16F 51 9 5/8
6 7 4½ 1¼
14 6TR14A 103 6TR14F 66 9 11/16
14 9TR14A 130 9TR14F 98 13 11/16
9 10 6 1/ 8 1½
12 9TR12A 161 9TR12F 134 13 3/16
12 12TR12A 262 12TR12F 204 17 3/16
12 10 12TR10A 312 12TR10F 270 13 7¾ 2 17 ¼
3
/16 12TR7A 387 12TR7F 343 17 3/8
12 14TR12A 288 14TR12F 230 19 3/16
14 10 14TR10A 346 14TR10F 294 15 9¼ 2 19 ¼
3
/16 14TR7A 434 14TR7F 406 19 3/8
12 16TR12A 314 16TR12F 257 21 3/16
16 10 16TR10A 379 16TR10F 328 17 10 5/8 2 21 ¼
3
/16 16TR7A 493 16TR7F 450 21 3/8
12 18TR12A 373 18TR12F 298 24 3/16
18 10 18TR10A 448 18TR10F 378 19 12 1/8 2½ 24 ¼
3
/16 18TR7A 578 18TR7F 518 24 3/8
12 20TR12A 415 20TR12F 340 26 3/16
20 10 20TR10A 502 20TR10F 432 21 13 ½ 2½ 26 ¼
3
/16 20TR7A 653 20TR7F 594 26 3/8
12 24TR12A 521 24TR12F 449 30 3/16
24 10 24TR10A 636 24TR10F 570 25 16 ½ 2½ 30 ¼
3
/16 24TR7A 838 24TR7F 784 30 3/8
*Standard lengths: 6” and 9” diameter – 10’- 0”
12” through 24” diameter – 12’ 0”
ALL SIZES MADE TO ORDER.

Page 44 Page 45
CONVEYOR TROUGHS

Screw Trough Drop Bottom

Diameter Thickness Part # *WT A B C D
16 6TU16DB 106 9 5/8
6 14 6TU14DB 117 7 4½ 1¼ 9 11/16
12 6TU12DB 140 9¾
12 9TU12DB 203 13 3/16
9 10 9TU10DB 223 10 6 1/ 8 1½ 13 ¼
3
/16 9TU7DB 277 13 1/8
12 12TU12D 332 17 3/16
10 12TU10D 382 17 ¼
12 13 7¾ 2
3
/16 12TU7DB 448 17 3/8
¼ 12TU3DB 539 17 ½
12 14TU12D 353 19 3/16
10 14TU10D 407 19 ¼
14 15 9¼ 2
3
/16 14TU7DB 484 19 3/8
¼ 14TU3DB 593 19 ½
12 16TU12D 397 21 3/16
10 16TU10D 450 21 ¼
16 17 10 5/8 2
3
/16 16TU7DB 535 21 3/8
¼ 16TU3DB 656 21 ½
12 18TU12D 472 24 3/16
10 18TU10D 541 24 ¼
18 19 12 1/8 2 ½
3
/16 18TU7DB 656 24 3/8
¼ 18TU3DB 782 24 ½
10 20TU10D 601 26 ¼
20 3
/16 20TU7DB 720 21 13 ½ 2 ½ 26 3/8
¼ 20TU3DB 862 26 ½
3
/16 24TU7DB 800 30 3/8
24 25 16 ½ 2 ½
¼ 24TU3DB 997 30 ½
*Standard Lengths: 6” and 9” diameter – 10’-0” *12” through 24” diameter – 12’-0”
ALL SIZES MADE TO ORDER
Page 46 Page 45
 CONVEYOR TROUGHS

Screw Trough
Diameter Thick. (Ga) Part # *WT A B C D E
14 6TV14 81 16 9/16
6 14 7 1¼ 3½
12 6TV12 111 16 5/8
12 9TV12 148 21 1/8
9 18 9 1½ 5
10 9TV10 188 21 3/16
10 12TV10 215 26 3/16
12 3
/16 12TV7 273 22 10 2 26 ¼ 6½
¼ 12TV3 360 26 5/16
10 14TV10 238 28 3/16
14 3
/16 14TV7 302 24 11 2 28 ¼ 7½
¼ 14TV3 398 28 5/16
10 16TV10 310 32 3/16
16 3
/16 16TV7 436 28 11 ½ 2 32 ¼ 8½
¼ 16TV3 587 32 5/16
10 18TV10 369 36 3/16
18 3
/16 18TV7 486 31 12 1/8 2½ 36 ¼ 9½
¼ 18TV3 653 36 5/16
10 20TV10 405 39 3/16
20 3
/16 20TV7 533 34 13 ½ 2½ 39 ¼ 10 ½
¼ 20TV3 717 39 5/16
10 24TV10 481 45 3/16
24 3
/16 24TV7 633 40 16 ½ 2½ 45 ¼ 12 ½
¼ 24TV3 851 45 5/16

*Standard lengths: 6” and 9” diameter – 10’-0” 12” through 24” diameter – 12’-0”
ALL SIZES MADE TO ORDER.

Page 46 Page 47
CONVEYOR TROUGHS

Screw Trough Std. Housing Split Tube A

Dia. Thick. Part # *WT Part # *WT Inside C D
16 6TO16 50 6TO16ST 60 9 5/8
14 6TO14 62 6TO14ST 75 9 11/16
6 12 6TO12 85 6TO12ST 103 7 1¼ 9 11/16
10 6TO10 110 6TO10ST 133 9¾
3
/16 6TO7 — 6TO7ST 168 9 7/8
14 9TO14 89 9TO14ST 104 13 3/16
12 9TO12 122 9TO12ST 143 13 3/16
9 10 9TO10 155 9TO10ST 182 10 1½ 13 ¼
3
/16 9TO7 208 9TO7ST 245 13 3/8
¼ 9TO3 — 9TO3ST 324 13 ½
12 12TO12 196 12TO12ST 232 17 3/16
10 12TO10 250 12TO10ST 296 17 ¼
12 13 2
3
/16 12TO7 330 12TO7ST 394 17 3/8
¼ 12TO3 434 12TO3ST 518 17 ½
12 14TO12 224 14TO12ST 260 19 3/16
10 14TO10 283 14TO10ST 330 19 ¼
14 15 2
3
/16 14TO7 379 14TO7ST 443 19 3/8
¼ 14TO3 499 14TO3ST 523 19 ½
12 16TO12 254 16TO12ST 290 21 3/16
10 16TO10 321 16TO10ST 368 21 ¼
16 17 2
3
/16 16TO7 430 16TO7ST 493 21 3/8
¼ 16TO3 566 16TO3ST 650 21 ½
12 18TO12 290 18TO12ST 336 24 3/16
10 18TO10 365 18TO10ST 424 24 ¼
18 19 2½
3
/16 18TO7 486 18TO7ST 566 24 3/8
¼ 18TO3 640 18TO3ST 746 24 ½
10 20TO10 402 20TO10ST 458 26 ¼
20 3
/16 20TO7 535 20TO7ST 612 21 2½ 26 3/8
¼ 20TO3 703 20TO3ST 806 26 ½
10 24TO10 479 24TO10ST 535 30 ¼
24 3
/16 24TO7 637 24TO7ST 714 25 2½ 30 3/8
¼ 24TO3 839 24TO3ST 942 30 ½
*Standard Lengths: 6” and 9” diameter – 10’ 0” *12” through 24” diameter – 12’ 0” *ALL SIZES MADE TO ORDER.

Page 48 Page 47
 B Dimension
Diameter
Screw

*Flush End Standard K

A Spout Spout C D E (Ga)
14
6 7 3½ 6 5 5 5/8 14 3/8 12
14
9 10 5 8 7 1/8 7 1/8 19 1/16 10
12
12 13 6½ 10 ½ 8 7/8 9 24 7/8 3
/16
12
14 15 7½ 11 ½ 10 1/8 10 27 ¾ 3
/16
12
16 17 8½ 13 ½ 11 /81
12 30 11/16 3
/16
12
18 19 9½ 14 ½ 12 3/8 13 3/8 33 5/8 3
/16
12
20 21 10 ½ 15 ½ 13 3/8 15 36 5/8 3
/16
12
24 25 12 ½ 17 ½ 15 3/8 18 1/8 42 5/8 3
/16

Screw Trough Discharge Flush End Spout Spout Less Slide Spout With Slide
Dia. Thickness Thickness Part # WT Part # WT Part # WT

6 16-14-12 14 6DC14F 3 6DC14 4 6DC14S 11

10- 3/16 12 6DC12F 5 6DC12 6 6DC12S 13
16-14-12-10 14 9DC14F 6 9DC14 8 9DC14S 18
9 3
/16 - ¼ 10 9DC10F 10 9DC10 13 9DC10S 22
12-10 12 12DC121F 13 12DC12 17 12DC12S 36
12 3 3
/16 - ¼ /16 12DC7F 22 12DC7 29 12DC7S 48
12-10 12 14DC12F 17 14DC12 22 14DC12S 46
14 3 3
/16 - ¼ /16 14DC7F 29 14DC7 38 14DC7S 62
12-10 12 16DC12F 16 16DC12 21 16DC12S 49
16 3 3
/16 - ¼ /16 16DC7F 30 16DC7 40 16DC7S 68
12-10 12 18DC12F 23 18DC12 32 18DC12S 69
18 3 3
/16 - ¼ /16 18DC7F 45 18DC7 60 18DC7S 97
10 12 20DC12F 30 20DC12 40 20DC12S 91
20 3 3
/16 - ¼ /16 20DC7F 50 20DC7 67 20DC7S 118
10 12 24DC12F 39 24DC12 52 24DC12S 116
24 3 3
/16 - ¼ /16 24DC7F 65 24DC7 87 24DC7S 151
*Flush End Discharges should be same gauge as trough for uniform fit.
Page 48 Page 49
Bulkheads

BULKHEADS MAY BE USED WHEN CONVEYING HIGH-TEMPERATURE MATERIALS. THE

VOID AREA SHOULD BE PACKED WITH NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL TO DISSIPATE
HEAT FROM THE BEARING OR DRIVE.

SCREW
DIA (“) PART # A B C D (GA) E F BOLT
3
6 6SBH 6 15/16 4½ 2 10 * /8
3 3
9 9SBH 9 15/16 6 1/8 2 /16 * /8
3
12 12SBH 12 15/16 7¾ 2 /16 * ½
3
14 14SBH 14 15/16 9¼ 2 /16 * ½
3 5
16 16SBH 16 15/16 10 5/8 2 /16 * /8
3 5
18 18SBH 18 15/16 12 1/8 2 /16 * /8
5
20 20SBH 20 15/16 13 1/8 2½ ¼ * /8
5
24 24SBH 24 15/16 16 1/8 2½ ¼ * /8
*VARIES WITH PIPE SIZE

Page 50 Page 49
 END FLANGES

TUBULAR-TROUGH
A
Diameter

Trough Thickness
Screw

THRU H
3
Part # 10 GA /16 -¼ C D BOLTS WT.
6 6EF-O 7¼ 7 3/8 1¼ ¼ 3
/8 1.8
9 9EF-O 10 ¼ 10 ½ 1½ ¼ 3
/8 3
12 12EF-O 13 ¼ 13 ½ 2 ¼ ½ 6.9
14 14EF-O 15 ¼ 15 ½ 2 ¼ ½ 7.8
16 16EF-O 17 ¼ 17 ½ 2 ¼ 5
/8 8.7
18 18EF-O 19 ¼ 19 ½ 2½ ¼ 5
/8 12.3
20 20EF-O 21 ¼ 21 ½ 2½ ¼ 5
/8 13.4
24 24EF-O 25 ¼ 25 ½ 2½ ¼ 5
/8 15.6

RECTANGULAR-TROUGH
A E
SCREW DIA.

TROUGH THICK. TROUGH THICK.

THRU THRU H
3 3
PART # B C D 10 GA /16 -¼ 10 GA /16 –¼ BOLT WT
6 6EF-R 7¼ 1¼ ¼ 7¼ 7 /8
3
3 5/8 3 /16
11 3
/8 1.7
9 9EF-R 10 ¼ 1½ ¼ 10 ¼ 10 ½ 5 1/8 5¼ 3
/8 2.9
12 12EF-R 13 ¼ 2 ¼ 13 ¼ 13 ½ 6 5/8 6¾ ½ 6.6
14 14EF-R 15 ½ 2 ¼ 15 ¼ 15 ½ 7 5/8 7¾ ½ 7.6
16 16EF-R 17 ¼ 2 ¼ 17 ¼ 17 ½ 8 5/8 8¾ 5
/8 8.5
18 18EF-R 19 ¼ 2½ ¼ 19 ¼ 19 ½ 9 5/8 9¾ 5
/8 12.1
20 20EF-R 21 ¼ 2½ ¼ 21 ¼ 21 ½ 10 5/8 10 ¾ 5
/8 13.3
24 24EF-R 25 ¼ 2½ ¼ 25 ¼ 25 ½ 12 5/8 12 5/8 5
/8 15.8

Page 50 Page 51
END FLANGES
END FLANGES

U-TROUGH
U-TROUGH
A
A
Diameter
Diameter

Trough Thickness
Trough Thickness
Screw
Screw

HH
THRU
THRU 33/ -11
Part##
Part 10 GA 16- //4
/16 4 B
B
CC DD BOLTS
BOLTS WT.
10 GA WT.
3
66 6EF-U
6EF-U 77¼¼ 77
3 /8
/8 44 ½½ 1133/8/ ¼¼ 3
/38/ 1.5
1.5
8 8
99 9EF-U
9EF-U 10¼
10 ¼ 10 ½
10 ½ 66 11//8 111111/16
/16 ¼¼ 3
/38/ 2.4
2.4
8 8
13 ¼ 13 ½ 7¾ 2 ½ 5.5
1212 12EF-U
12EF-U 13 ¼ 13 ½ 7¾ 2 ¼
¼ ½ 5.5
14 14EF-U 15 ¼ 15 ½ 9¼ 2 ¼ ½ 6.5
14 14EF-U 15 ¼ 15 ½ 9¼ 2 ¼ 5 ½ 6.5
16 16EF-U 17 ¼ 17 ½ 10 55/8 2 ¼ /58 7.4
16 16EF-U 17 ¼ 17 ½ 10 / 2 ¼ 5 /8 7.4
18 18EF-U 19 ¼ 19 ½ 12 11/88 2½ ¼ /58 10.4
18 18EF-U 19 ¼ 19 ½ 12 / 2½ ¼ 5 /8 10.4
20 20EF-U 21 ¼ 21 ½ 13 ½8 2½ ¼ /58 11.5
2024 20EF-U
24EF-U 21
25¼¼ 21
25 ½
½ 13 ½
16 ½ 22½½ ¼¼ 5 /8
/58 11.5
13.5
24 24EF-U 25 ¼ 25 ½ 16 ½ 2½ ¼ /8 13.5
FLARED-TROUGH
FLARED-TROUGH
F
TROUGH FTHICK. A/2
TROUGH THICK. A/2
SCREW

THRU THRU
SCREW

THRU THRU H
DIA.

3
10 GA / -1/
3 16 1 4
10 GA 3
/316-1/14 BOLT H
DIA.

PART# B C D 10 GA / -/
16 4 10 GA /16- /4 WT
B C D BOLT
6 PART#
6EF-F 7 3
1 /8 ¼ 14 ¼ 14 ½ 3 5/ 8 3 11/16 3
/8 1.9WT
6 9 6EF-F
9EF-F 79 11311
/8/16 ¼
¼ 14
18 ¼ 14 ½
18 ½ 5
531/8/8
11
5 3¼ /16 3 3
/8 /8 3 1.9
11 51
912 9EF-F
12EF-F 910 12 /16 ¼
¼ 18
22 ¼ 18½
22 ½ 65 /8/8 6 5¾¼ ½3/8 6.43
1214 12EF-F
14EF-F 1011 22 ¼
¼ 24 ¼
22 24
22 ½
½ 765/58/8 7 6¾¾ ½½ 7.36.4
1416 14EF-F
16EF-F 1111 ½ 22 ¼
¼ 28 ¼
24 28
24 ½
½ 875/58/8 8 7¾¾ 5
/8½ 7.97.3
1618 16EF-F
18EF-F 1112½3/8 22 ½ ¼
¼ 31 ¼
28 31
28 ½
½ 985/58/8 9 8¾¾ 5 5
/8 /8 117.9
1820 20EF-F
18EF-F 12133/½8 22½½ ¼
¼ 34 ¼
31 ¼ 34 ½
31 ½ 10955/8/8 109¾¾ 5 5
/8 /8 1111
1 1 5
2024 20EF-F
24EF-F 16
13 ½/2 22½/2 ¼
¼ 40 ¼
34 ¼ 40
34 ½
½ 12
10 /58/8 12105/8¾ 5 5
/8 /8 1311
24 24EF-F 16 1/2 2 1/ 2 ¼ 40 ¼ 40 ½ 12 5/8 12 5/8 5
/8 13

Page 52
Page 52 Page 51
Page 52
SEALS

SHAFT PART # D C
DIA.(“) LIP WASTE PACK FELT A B
MIN. MAX. BOLTS WT
3
1 SWP2-L SWP2 SWP2-F 3 ¾ 1 ¾ 2 ¾ 2¾ /8 4
1½ SWP3-L SWP3 SWP3-F 5 /8 1 ¾ 4
3 1
4 /8 ½ 6
5
2 SWP4-L SWP4 SWP4-F 6 ½ 1 ¾ 4 3/8 5 1/8 /8 8
5
2 7/16 SWP5-L SWP5 SWP5-F 7 /8
3
1 ¾ 5 /8
3
5 /8
5
/8 9
3 SWP6-L SWP6 SWP6-F 7 ¾ 1 ¾ 6 6 ¾ 13
3 7/16 SWP7-L SWP7 SWP7-F 9 ¼ 2 ¼ 6 ¾ 7 ¾ 17

PART #
A AIR
SHAFT PURGED D
DIA.(“) GRAPHITE SEAL B C BOLTS E WT
1 SPG2 SPG2-A 4 2¾ ½ 3
/8 10
1½ SPG3 SPG3-A 5 3 /8 4 ½ 3
/8 14
2 SPG4 SPG4-A 6½ 5 1 /8 ½ 3
/8 18
2 /16
7
SPG5 SPG5-A 7 3/8 5 5 /8 ½ 3
/8 21
3 SPG6 SPG6-A 7¾ 6 ½ 3
/8 27
3 /16
7
SPG7 SPG7-A 9¼ 6¾ 5
/8 ½ 30
3 /16
15
SPG8 SPG8-A 10 ¼ 7¾ 5
/8 ½ 35
4 /16
7
SPG9 SPG9-A 10 ¾ 8¼ 5
/8 ½ 40
4 /16
15
SPG10 SPG10-A 11 ½ 9 5
/8 ½ 45
5 /16
7
SPG11 SPG11-A 11 ½ 9 5
/8 ½ 50

Page 54 Page 53
COMPONENT SELECTION

Shrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clearance between the
cover and feeder screw to obtain proper feed regulation. Lengths are sufficient to prevent flushing
of the majority of materials being handled and gauges are proportioned to trough size and gauge.

SHROUDS
Part Number Wt. (lbs) A B C
Thick. (GA)

U-Trough

U-Trough

U-Trough

Length
Shroud

Flared

Flared

Flared
Dia (“)
Screw

U-Trough Flared
12 6SHD12U 6SHD12V 11 16 7 13 ¾ 2 11/16 6¾ 14
6
7 6SHD7U 6SHD7V 7 13 7 13 ¼ 2 11/16 6¾ 14
12 9SHD12U 9SHD12V 17 28 10 17 ¾ 3 13/16 8 9/16 18
9
7 9SHD7U 9SHD7V 13 23 10 17 ¾ 3 13/16 8 9/16 18
12 10SHD12U 10SHD12V 19 — 11 — 3 13/16 — 20
10
7 10SHD7U 10SHD7V 14 — 11 — 3 13/16 — 20
12 12SHD12U 12SHD12V 28 41 13 21 ¾ 4¾ 9½ 24
12
7 12SHD7U 12SHD7V 20 32 13 21 ¾ 4¾ 9½ 24
12 14SHD12U 14SHD12V 37 54 15 23 ¾ 5 13/16 10 5/16 28
14
7 14SHD7U 14SHD7V 30 42 15 23 ¾ 5 13/16 10 5/16 28
12 16SHD12U 16SHD12V 47 68 17 27 ¾ 6 13/16 11 1/8 32
16
7 16SHD7U 16SHD7V 35 52 17 27 ¾ 6 13/16 11 1/8 32
12 18SHD12U 18SHD12V 60 82 19 30 ¾ 7 7/8 11 7/8 36
18
7 18SHD7U 18SHD7V 45 63 19 30 ¾ 7 7/8 11 7/8 36
20 7 20SHD7U 20SHD7V 71 100 21 33 ¾ 8 11/16 13 1/8 40
24 7 24SHD7U 24SHD7V 100 142 25 39 ¾ 10 7/8 15 15/16 48

Page 54 Page 55
SADDLES & FEET

SCREW
DIA. (“)

H J
PART # A B C D E F BOLTS BOLTS WT
1 3 3 3
6 6SFF 8 /8 5 /8
5
10 /16 1¾ 1 /8 /8 2.0
3 3
9 9SFF 9 /8
3
7 /8
7
12 /16 2 /8
5
1½ /8 ½ 3.0
3 5
12 12SFF 12 ¼ 9 5/8 15 /16 2¾ 1 5/8 ½ /8 6.0
5
14 14SFF 13 ½ 10 7/8 16 ½ ¼ 2 7/8 1 5/8 ½ /8 7.0
5 5
16 16SFF 14 7/8 12 18 ¼ 3¼ 2 /8 /8 7.5
18 18SFF 16 13 3/8 19 1/8 ¼ 3¼ 2
5
/8 5
/8 9.5
5 5
20 20SFF 19 ¼ 15 22 ¾ /16 3¼ 2¼ /8 ¾ 12.5
5 5
24 24SFF 20 18 1/8 24 /16 4 1/8 2½ /8 ¾ 14.5

Page 56 Page 55
 SCREW
DIA (“) PART # A B C D E F* G* H I J
6 6FF-S 10 8 1 /8 3
/16 5 5/8 3 13/16 3
/8 3
/8 1¾ 1 1½
9 9FF-S 12 9 3 /8 3
/16 7 7 /8 5 5/16 ½ 3
/8 2 5/8 1½ 2
12 12FF-S 15 12 ¼ 3
/16 9 5 /8 6 7 /8 5
/8 ½ 2¾ 1 5 /8 2
14 14FF-S 16 ½ 13 ½ ¼ 10 7/8 7 7 /8 5
/8 ½ 2 7/8 5
1 /8 2
16 16FF-S 18 14 7/8 ¼ 12 8 7 /8 5
/8 5
/8 3¼ 2 2½
18 18FF-S 19 1/8 16 ¼ 13 3/8 9 7 /8 5
/8 5
/8 3¼ 2 2½
20 20FF-S 22 ¾ 19 ¼ 5
/16 15 10 7/8 ¾ 5
/8 3¾ 2¼ 2½
24 24FF-S 24 20 5
/16 18 /8 1
12 7/8 ¾ 5
/8 4 1/8 2½ 2½

SCREW PART
DIA. (“) # K L M N O P Q DETAIL “A”
5 13 9 7 7 9
6 6FF-S 1¼ /8 /16 /32 /8 /16 X /16 1½ 1 ½ X 1 ½ X 3/16
7 7
9 9FF-S 1½ ¾ 1 3
/8 1 /8
1
/16 X /8 1½ 2 X 1 ½ X 3/16
9
12 12FF-S 1½ ¾ 1 3
/8 1 5/16 /16 X 7/8 1½ 2 X 1 ½ X 3/16
9 7
14 14FF-S 1½ ¾ 1 3
/8 1 /16
5
/16 X /8 1½ 2 X 1 ½ X 3/16
11 11
16 16FF-S 1½ ¾ 1¼ 7
/16 1 5/16 /16 X /16 2 2 X 1 ½ X 3/16
11 11
18 18FF-S 1½ ¾ 1¼ 7
/16 1 /16
5
/16 X /16 2 2 X 1 ½ X 3/16
11 11
20 20FF-S 1½ ¾ 1¼ 7
/16 1 5/16 /16 X /16 2 2 X 1 ½ X 3/16
11 11
24 24FF-S 1½ ¾ 1¼ 7
/16 1 5/16 /16 X /16 2 2 X 1 ½ X 3/16

Page 56 Page 57
DRIVE SHAFTS

A
Part Number
DIAMETER

Dimension

H BOLTS
SHAFT

With Without With Without

Seal Seal Seal Seal
B C D E F G I J
5
1½ 13 ½ 11 ½ DS3-D DS3-E 4 1 /8 5 3 /8 4 3¼ 3 15 ½ 1¾ 1 3/16
/16

2 15 13 ¼ DS4-D DS4-E 4 3 /8 5 5 /8 4 1 /8 4¼ 4 6 ½ 1¾ 1¼

2 7/16 17 15 ¼ DS5-D DS5-E 5 3 /8 6 7 /8 4 11/16 5¼ 5 6 1 /8 5

/8 2 1¾

6
3 18 ½ 16 ¾ DS6-D DS6-E 6 7¾ 5 3/16 6¼ 6 13 ¾ 2 1 /8 1 13/16
/16

3 7/16 23 20 ¾ DS7-D DS7-E 7 9¼ 5 7 /8 7¼ 7 9 1 /8 ¾ 2½ 2 3 /8

Shaft WEIGHT
Diameter
(inches)
WITH WITHOUT
SEAL SEAL

1½ 19 16

2 28 24
7
2 /16 46 40

3 69 58

3 7/16 109 93

Page 58 Page 57
 COUPLING SHAFTS

A PART #
SHAFT STD H
DIA. HRD # F G BOLTS L M N WT
#
1½ CS3 CS3H 11 ½ 2 ½ 7
/8 3 7
/8 5.8
5
2 CS4 CS4H 11 ½ 2 /8 7
/8 3 7
/8 10.3
5
2 7/16 CS5 CS5H 12 ¾ 3 /8 15
/16 3 15
/16 15.6
3 CS6 CS6H 13 3 ¾ 1 3 1 26
7
3 7/16 CS7 CS7H 17 ½ 4 /8 1½ 4 1½ 47

A SHAFT PART H
DIA # F BOLTS L M N WT
1½ CCS3 9½ ½ 7
/8 3 7
/8 4.8
2 CCS4 9½ 5
/8 7
/8 3 7
/8 8.5
2 7/16 CCS5 9¾ 5
/8 15
/16 3 15
/16 12.9
3 CCS6 10 ¾ 1 3 1 20
3 7/16 CCS7 13 ½ 7
/8 1¼ 4 1½ 37
3 15/16 CCS8 13 ½ 1 1¼ 4 1½ 48

Page 58 Page 59
SHAFTS

B A Dimensions
Ball Bearing Ball Bearing
Shaft With Part # Without Part # H
Dia. Seal Seal C D E F Bolts G I J
1½ 10 ES3-S 8½ ES3 7
/8 3 1 1¾ ½ 7
/8 3
/16 5¾
2 10 ½ ES4-S 8¾ ES4 7
/8 3 1 1¾ 5
/8 7
/8 ¼ 5¾
2 /16 11 ½ ES5-S
7
9¾ ES5 15
/16 3 1½ 1¾ 5
/8 15
/16 ¼ 6 3/8
3 12 ½ ES6-S 10 ¾ ES6 1 3 1½ 1¾ ¾ 1 5
/16 6½
3 7/16 15 ¾ ES7-S 13 ½ ES7 1 ¼ 4 2 2¼ 7
/8 1½ 3
/8 8¾

B A Dimensions
Ball Bearing
Shaft With
Dia. Seal Part # C D E H Bolts F G I J
1½ 16 ¾ ES3-O 7
/8 3 1 ½ 5 7
/8 3
/16 5¾
2 16 /8 ES4-O
7 7
/8 3 1 5
/8 5½ 7
/8 ¼ 5¾
2 7/16 17¾ ES5-O 15/16 3 1½ 5
/8 6 ½ 15/16 ¼ 6 3/8
3 187/8 ES6-O 1 3 1½ ¾ 7 1 5
/16 6½
3 /16
7
23 ES7-O 1 ¼ 4 2 7
/8 7¾ 1½ 3
/8 8¾

Page 60 Page 59
End Lugs, Internal Collars, Coupling Bolts

Part Numbers Part Numbers

Screw Intake End Lug Discharge End Lug Weight
Dia. Right Hand Left Hand Right Hand Left Hand Each (LBS)
6 EL6RI EL6LI EL6RD EL6LD .06
9 EL9RI EL9LI EL9RD EL9LD .15
12 EL12RI EL12LI EL12RD EL12LD .43
14 EL14RI EL14LI EL14RD EL14LD .43
16 EL16RI EL16LI EL16RD EL16LD .68
18 EL18RI EL18LI EL18RD EL18LD .68
20 EL20RI EL20LI EL20RD EL20LD .68
24 EL24RI EL24LI EL24RD EL24LD .68

Nominal Part Weight

Coupling Dia. Pipe Size* Number L Each (LBS)
1½ 2 IC3 4¾ 2.2
2 2½ IC4 4¾ 2.4
2 7/16 3 IC5 5 4.1
3 3½ IC6 5 4.3
3 4 IC6A 5 8.3
3 7/16 4 IC7 6¾ 7.3
* Schedule 40 Pipe

Nominal Part No. Weight

Coupling Outside Pipe Part No. High Each
Dia. Pipe Dia. Size* Bolt Size Standard Torque (LBS)
3
1½ 2 /8 2 ½X3 CB3-x.xx CB3HT .25
5 5
2 2 2½ /8 X 3 /8 CB4-x.xx CB4HT .50
5 1
2 7
/16 3 3½ /8 X 4 /4 CB5-x.xx CB5HT .56
3 3½ 4 ¾X5 CB6-x.xx CB6HT .75
3 4 4½ ¾X5½ CB6A-x.xx CB6AHT .88
3 7
/16 4 4½ 7
/8 X5½ CB7-x.xx CB7HT 1.25
* Schedule 40 Pipe

Page 60 Page 61
TROUGH ENDS – WITH FEET

SCREW PART NUMBER B

DIA (“)
U-TROUGH TUBULAR A U-TROUGH TUBULAR C D E
6 6EP3-U 6EP3-O 1¾ 4½ 4 7
/8 5 5
/8 8 1
/8 9¾
9EP3-U 9EP3-O 1¾
9 6 1/8 6¾ 7 7/8 9 3/8 13 ½
9EP4-U 9EP4-O 2¼
12EP4-U 12EP4-O 2¼
12 12EP5-U 12EP5-O 2 5/8 7¾ 8 5/8 9 5/8 12 ¼ 17 ¼
12EP6-U 12EP6-O 3¼
14EP5-U 14EP5-O 2 5/8
14 9¼ 9 5/8 10 7/8 13 ½ 19 ¼
14EP6-U 14EP6-O 3¼
16 16EP6-U 16EP6-O 3¼ 10 5/8 10 5/8 12 14 7/8 21 ¼
18EP6-U 18EP6-O 3¼
18 12 1
/8 12 1
/8 13 3
/8 16 24 ¼
18EP7-U 18EP7-O 3 5/8
20EP6-U 20EP6-O 3¼
20 13 ½ 13 1/8 15 19 ¼ 26 ¼
20EP7-U 20EP7-O 3 5/8
24 24EP7-U 24EP7-O 3 5/8 16 ½ 15 1/8 18 1/8 20 30 ¼

SCREW
F K-BOLT PATTERN N
HOLE
WEIGHT
DIA (“) DIA
U-TROUGH G H BALL BEARING ROLLER BEARING M (“) U TUB.

6 1½ 1 3
/16 4 4 /81 1¾ 9
/16 12 11
1½ 4 4 1/8 18 15
9 1 5/8 ¼ 2 5/8 9
/16
2 5 1 /8 4 3/8 21 18
2 5 1 /8 4 3/8 36 29
9
12 2 7/16 2 ¼ 5 7/8 5 3/8 2¾ /16 38 31
3 6 6 50 43
2 7/16 5 5 7/8 5 3/8 9 45 39
14 2 /16 2 7/8 /16
3 6 6 57 51
16 3 2 1/2 5
/16 6 6 3¼ 11
/16 75 65
3 1 3 6 6 11 89 78
18 2 /2 /8 3¼ /16
3 7/16 6¾ 7 99 89
3 6 6 126 115
20 2 1/2 3
/8 3¾ 11
/16
3 7/16 6¾ 7 132 127
24 3 7/16 2 1/2 3
/8 6¾ 7 4 1/8 11
/16 169 157

Page 62 Page 61
 TROUGH ENDS – WITH FEET

PART NUMBER B D E F
SCREW
DIA (“)

FLARED RECT. A FLARE RECT C FLARE RECT FLARE RECT FLARE RECT
6 6EP3-F 6EP3-R 1¾ 7 4½ 5 /8
5
8 /8
1
8 /8
1
9¾ 9¾ 1½ 1½
9EP3-F 9EP3-R 1¾
9 9 6 /8
1
7 /8
7 3
9 /8 9 /8
3
13 ½ 13 ½ 1 /8
5
1 /8
5

9EP4-F 9EP4-R 2¼
12EP4-F 12EP4-R 5
2 /8
12 12EP5-F 12EP5-R 5
2 /8 10 7¾ 9 /8
5
12 ¼ 12 ¼ 17 ¼ 17 ¼ 2 2
12EP6-F 12EP6-R 3¼
14EP5-F 14EP5-R 3¼
14 11 9¼ 10 /8
7
13 ½ 13 ½ 19 ¼ 19 ¼ 2 2
14EP6-F 14EP6-R 3¼
16 16EP6-F 16EP6-R 3¼ 11 ½ 10 /8
5
12 14 /8
7
14 /8
7
21 ¼ 21 ¼ 2½ 2½
18EP6-F 18EP6-R 3¼
18 1
12 /8 12 /8
1
13 /8
3
16 16 24 ¼ 24 ¼ 2½ 2½
18EP7-F 18EP7-R 5
3 /8
20EP6-F 20EP6-R 3¼
20 13 ½ 13 ½ 15 19 ¼ 19 ¼ 26 ¼ 26 ¼ 2½ 2½
20EP7-F 20EP7-R 5
3 /8
24 24EP7-F 24EP7-R 5
3 /8 16 ½ 16 ½ 18 /8
1
20 20 30 ¼ 30 ¼ 2½ 2½

PART NUMBER K-BOLT PTTRN WEIGHT

SCREW

SHAFT
DIA (“)
DIA (“)

FLARED RECT G H J RLLR BALL L-SLOT M N FLARE RECT

3 5 1 7 7
6 6EP3-F 6EP3-R 1 /16 16 /8 4 4 /8 /16 X 1 1¾ /16 1½ 15 13
1 1
9EP3-F 9EP3-R 21 ¼ 5 /8 4 /8 9 5 1½ 22 19
9 1½ ¼ /16 X 1 2 /8 7
/16
3
9EP4-F 9EP4-R 6 4 /8 2 27 24
1 3
12EP4-F 12EP4-R 5 /8 4 /8 2 43 39
5 3 1 1 9
12 12EP4-F 12EP5-R 1 /8 ¼ 26 /8 5 /8
5
5 /8
3 /16 X 1 /8 2¾ /16 7
2 /16 33 40
12EP5-F 12EP6-R 6 6 3 56 58
5 3 7
14EP5-F 14EP5-R 5 5 5 /8 5 /8 1 1
/16 X 1 /8
7
2 /8
9
/16 2 /16 52 48
14 1 /8 /16 3
28 /8
14EP6-F 14EP6-R 6 6 3 64 66
5 1 1 11
16 16EP6-F 16EP6-R 2 /16 32 ½ 6 6 /16 X 1 /8 3¼ /16 3 85 85
18EP6-F 18EP6-R 3 6 6 1 1
/16 X 1 /8 11 3 98 94
18 2 /8 36 ½ 3¼ /16
7
18EP7-F 18EP7-R 6¾ 7 3 /16 104 101
20EP6-F 20EP6-R 3 6 6 13 1
/16 X 1 /8 3¾ 11 3 133 134
20 2¼ /8 39 ½ /16
7
20EP7-F 20EP7-R 6¾ 7 3 /16 139 140
3 13 1 1 11 7
24 24EP7-F 24EP7-R 2½ /8 45 ½ 6¾ 7 /16 X 1 /8 4 /8 /16 3 /16 173 179

Page 62 Page 63
TROUGH ENDS WITHOUT FEET

SCREW PART NUMBER B

DIA (“) U-TROUGH TUBULAR A U-TROUGH TUBULAR C D E

6 6EP3-U 6EP3-O 1¾ 4½ 4 7
/8 4 7
/8 2 27
/32 9¾
9EP3-U 9EP3-O 1¾
9 12 1/8 6¾ 6¾ 3 15/16 13 ½
9EP4-U 9EP4-O 2¼
12EP4-U 12EP4-O 2¼
12 12EP5-U 12EP5-O 2 5/8 7¾ 8 5/8 8 5/8 5 1/16 17 ¼
12EP6-U 12EP6-O 3¼
14EP5-U 14EP5-O 2 5/8
14 9¼ 9 5/8 9 5/8 5 1/8 19 ¼
14EP6-U 14EP6-O 3¼
16 16EP6-U 16EP6-O 3¼ 10 5/8 10 5/8 10 5/8 6 7/32 21 ¼
18EP6-U 18EP6-O 3¼
18 12 1/8 12 5/8 12 1/8 7 3/32 24 ¼
18EP7-U 18EP7-O 3 5/8
20EP6-U 20EP6-O 3¼
20 13 ½ 13 5/8 13 1/8 7 11/16 26 ¼
20EP7-U 20EP7-O 3 5/8
24 24EP7-U 24EP7-O 3 5/8 15 1/8 15 5/8 15 1/8 8 27/32 30 ¼

F K-BOLT PATTERN WEIGHT

SCREW
DIA. (“) U-TROUGH H BALL BEARING ROLLER BEARING N-HOLE DIA. U-TROUGH TUBULAR
6 1½ 3
/16 4 4 1/8 9
/16 10 9
¼ 5 1 /8 4 1 /8 9
/16 15 12
9 1 5/8
¼ 6 4 3/8 9
/16 18 15
¼ 5 1/8 4 3/8 11
/16 29 22
12 2 ¼ 5 5 /8 5 3 /8 11
/16 31 24
¼ 6 6 11
/16 43 36
5
/16 5 5/8 5 3 /8 11
/16 36 30
14 2 5
/16 6 6 11
/16 48 42
16 2½ 5
/16 6 6 13
/16 62 52
3
/8 6 6 13
/16 74 63
18 2½ 3
/8 6¾ 7 13
/16 84 74
3
/8 6 6 13
/16 96 85
20 2½ 3
/8 6¾ 7 13
/16 102 97
24 2½ 3
/8 6¾ 7 13
/16 128 116

Page 64 Page 63
 Trough Ends

PART NUMBER A
SCREW DIA (“) SHAFT DIA. U-TROUGH RECT DIA. B C E F G
6 1½ 6EPF3-U 6EPF3-R 1¾ 4½ 5 5 /8 10 1½ 1½
1½ 9EPF3-U 9EPF3-R 1¾ 5
9 6 1 /8 7 7 /8 13 1 /8 1½
2 9EPF4-U 9EPF4-R 2¼
2 12EPF4-U 12EPU4-R 2¼
12 2 7/16 12EPF5-U 12EPF5-R 2 5/8 7¾ 9 5 /8 17 ¼ 2 2
3 12EPF6-U 12EPF6-R 3¼
2 7/16 14EPF5-U 14EPF5-R 2 5/8
14 9¼ 10 7/8 19 ¼ 2 2
3 14EPF6-U 14EPF6-R 3¼
16 3 16EPF6-U 16EPF6-R 3¼ 10 5/8 12 21 ¼ 2½ 2
3 18EPF6-U 18EPF6-R 3¼
18 12 1/8 13 3/8 24 ¼ 2½ 2½
3 7/16 18EPF7-U 18EPF7-R 3 5/8
3 20EPF6-U 20EPF6-R 3¼
20 13 ½ 15 26 ¼ 2½ 2½
3 7/16 20EPF7-U 20EPF7-R 3 5/8
24 3 7/16 24EPF7-U 24EPF7-R 3 5/8 16 ½ 18 1/8 30 ¼ 2½ 2½

K WEIGHT
SCREW SHAFT N
BALL ROLLER
DIA (“) DIA. H BEARING BEARING DIA. U-TROUGH RECT.
6 1½ 3
/16 4 4 /8
1 9
/16 12 13
1½ ¼ 4 4 1 /8 9
/16 18 19
9
2 ¼ 5 1/8 4 3 /8 9
/16 21 24
2 ¼ 5 1/8 4 3 /8 11
/16 36 39
12 2 7/16 ¼ 5 5/8 5 3 /8 11
/16 38 40
3 ¼ 6 6 11
/16 50 58
2 7/16 5
/16 5 5 /8 5 3 /8 11
/16 45 48
14
3 5
/16 6 6 11
/16 57 66
16 3 5
/16 6 6 13
/16 75 85
3 3
/8 6 6 13
/16 89 94
18
3 7/16 3
/8 6¾ 7 13
/16 99 101
3 3
/8 6 6 13
/16 126 134
20
3 7/16 3
/8 6¾ 7 13
/16 132 140
24 3 7/16 3
/8 6¾ 7 13
/16 169 179

Page 64 Page 65
TROUGH END BEARINGS

A BORE PART # B C D E F G H BOLTS WEIGHT

1½ BBPB-3 7¾ 1 /16 5 /8
5 7
2 /8
1
1 /16
5
2 /8
1
½ 5.6
2 BBPB-4 8 7/8 1½ 6 7/8 2½ 1 9/16 2 3/8 5
/8 8
2 7/16 BBPB-5 10 ¾ 1 3/16 8 3 1 7/8 2 7/8 ¾ 13.5
3 BBPB-6 12 1 7/8 9 3½ 2 3/16 3¼ 7
/8 18.4
3 /16
7
BBPB-7 14 2 /16 11
1
4 2½ 3 7/16 7
/8 28.4

A BORE PART # B C D E F G H BOLTS WEIGHT

1½ RBPB-3 7 7/8 3 3/8 6 ¼ 2 1/8 1 ¼ 2 3/8 ½ 9.5
5
2 RBPB-4 8 7/8 3½ 7 2 ¼ 1 3/8 2 ½ /8 11
5
2 7/16 RBPB-5 10 ½ 4 8 ½ 2 ¾ 1 5/8 2 7/8 /8 19
3 RBPB-6 12 4 ½ 9 ½ 3 1/8 1 7/8 3 1/8 ¾ 26
7
3 7/16 RBPB-7 14 5 11 3 5/8 2 ¼ 3 5/8 /8 44

BRONZE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST

Page 66 Page 65
 A H
BORE PART # B C D E BOLTS WEIGHT
1½ BBF-3 5 1/8 2 4 9
/16 ½ 4.8
2 BBF-4 6½ 2 3/8 5 1/8 11
/16 5
/8 9.6
2 7/16 BBF-5 7 2½ 5 5/8 11
/16 5
/8 11
3 BBF-6 7¾ 3 3/8 6 7
/8 ¾ 23
3 7/16 BBF-7 8½ 3 7/8 6¾ 1 ¾ 29

ROLLER BEARING, FLANGED

A H
BORE PART # B C D E BOLTS WEIGHT
1½ RBF-3 5 3/8 3½ 4 1/8 1¼ ½ 10
2 RBF-4 5 5/8 3 5/8 4 3/8 1¼ ½ 12
2 7/16 RBF-5 6 7/8 4¼ 5 3/8 1½ 5
/8 21
3 RBF-6 7¾ 4¾ 6 1 5/8 ¾ 28
3 /16 RBF-7
7
9¼ 5¼ 7 1 7/8 ¾ 46

Page 66 Page 67
HANGER BEARINGS

HANGER BEARING SELECTION

HANGER
DIAGRAM BORE PART # MATERIALS
STYLE
1½ SHB3 W = WOOD
HI = HARD IRON
2 SHB4 B = BABBITT 220
2 /16
7
SHB5 BZ = BRONZE 226
BZG = BRONZE W/
3 SHB6 GRAPHITE
326
N = NYLATRON
3 7/16 SHB7

HANGER
BORE PART # MATERIALS
STYLE
1½ SHBX3
W = WOOD 226
2 SHBX4 HI = HARD IRON
326
2 7/16 SHBX5 B = BABBITT
216
BZ = BRONZE
3 SHBX6 UHMW = UHMW 316
3 7/16 SHBX7

HANGER
BORE PART # MATERIALS
STYLE
1½ SHBB-3
2 SHBB-4
2 /16
7
SHBB-5 BALL BEARING 270
3 SHBB-6
3 7/16 SHBB-7

Page 36 Page 67
HANGERS

Screw Shaft H
Dia. Part # Dia. A B C D E F G BOLTS WT
6 6SH2203 1½ 8¾ 4½ 2 9¾ 2½ 4 ¼ 3
/8 7
9SH2203 1½ 3 10
9 12 ¾ 6 1
/8 2 13 ½ 2½ 4 ¼ /8
9SH2204 2 12
12SH2204 2 2 20
3
12 12SH2204 2 7/16 15 ¾ 7¾ 3 17 ½ 2½ 4 /8 ½ 25
12SH2206 3 3 26
14SH2205 2 7/16 28
14 17 ¾ 9¼ 3 19 ½ 2½ 4 ½ ½
14SH2206 3 30
16 16SH2206 3 19 ¾ 10 5/8 3 21 ½ 2½ 4 ½ ½ 33
18SH2206 3 3 5 5 45
18 22 ¼ 12 1/8 24 ½ 3½ 5 /8 /8
18SH2207 3 7/16 4 53
20SH2206 3 3 5 5 52
20 24 ¼ 13 ½ 26 ½ 3½ 5 /8 /8
20SH2207 3 7/16 4 66
5
24 24SH2207 3 7/16 28 ¼ 16 ½ 4 30 ½ 3½ 5 /8 5
/8 81

Screw Shaft H
Dia. Part # Dia. A B C D E F G BOLTS K WT
6 6SH2703 1½ 7 4½ 2 9¾ 2½ 4 ¾ 3
/8 ¼ 6
9SH2703 1½ 3 7
9 10 1 2 13 ½ 2½ 4 1 /8 ¼
9SH2704 2 6 /8 8
12SH2704 2 2 13
3
12 12SH2705 2 7/16 13 3 17 ½ 2½ 4 1¼ ½ /8 19
12SH2706 3 7¾ 3 24
14SH2705 2 7/16 20
14 15 3 19 ½ 2½ 4 1 3/8 ½ ½
14SH2706 3 9¼ 25
16 16SH2706 3 17 10 5/8 3 21 ½ 2½ 4 1 3 /8 5
/8 ½ 31
18SH2706 3 3 33 ½
18 19 24 ½ 3½ 5 1 5/8 5
/8 ½
18SH2707 3 7/16 12 1/8 4 47
20SH2706 3 3 ½ 39
20 21 26 ½ 3½ 5 1 5/8 5
/8
20SH2707 3 7/16 13 ½ 4 ¾ 52
24 24SH2707 3 7/16 25 16 ½ 4 30 ½ 3½ 5 1 5/8 5
/8 ¾ 60

Page 68 Page 69
HANGERS
SCREW
DIA. (“)

DIA. (“)
SHAFT

PART H
NUMBER A B C E F G BOLTS K WT
3
6 6SH2263 1½ 7 4½ 2 2½ 4 ¾ /8 ¼ 7
9SH2263 1½ 2 9
9 10 6 1/ 8 2½ 4 1 3
/8 ¼
9SH2264 2 2 11
12SH2264 2 2 15
3
12 12SH2265 2 7/16 13 7¾ 3 2½ 4 1½ ½ /8 23
12SH2266 3 3 24
14SH2265 2 7/16 3 24
14 15 9¼ 2½ 4 1 3/ 8 ½ ½
14SH2266 3 3 26
16 16SH2266 3 17 10 5/8 3 2½ 4 1 3/ 8 ½ ½ 29
18SH2266 3 3 39
18 19 12 1/8 3½ 5 1 5/ 8 5
/8 ½
18SH2267 3 7/16 4 52
20SH2266 3 3 42
20 21 13 ½ 3½ 5 1 5/ 8 5
/8 ¾
20SH2267 3 7/16 4 55
24 24SH2267 3 7/16 25 16 ½ 4 3½ 5 1 5/ 8 5
/8 ¾ 65

Page 70 Page 69
HANGERS
SCREW

DIA ( " )
DIA( " )

BOLTS
SHAFT

H
PART # A B C E F G K WT
6 6SH3263 1½ 7 4½ 2 2½ 6 ¾ 3
/8 1
/8 7
9SH3263 1½ 2 3 3 9
9 10 6 1/8 2½ 6 1 /8 /16
9SH3264 2 2 10
12SH3264 2 2 14
3
12 12SH3265 2 7/16 13 7¾ 3 2½ 6½ 1¼ ½ /16 19
12SH3266 3 3 25
14SH3265 2 7/16 3 23
14 15 9¼ 2½ 6½ 1 3/ 8 ½ 3
/16
14SH3266 3 3 31
16 16SH3266 3 17 10 5/8 3 2½ 8 1 3/ 8 ½ ¼ 36
18SH3266 3 3 36
18 19 12 1/8 3½ 8 1 5/ 8 5
/8 ¼
18SH3267 3 7/16 4 48
20SH3266 3 3 38
20 21 13 ½ 3½ 8 1 5/ 8 5
/8 ¼
20SH3267 3 7/16 4 51
24 24SH3267 3 7/16 25 16 ½ 4 3½ 8 1¾ 5
/8 3
/8 58

Page 70 Page 71
HANGERS

SCREW
DIA. (“)

SHAFT
DIA (“)

H
PART # A B C E F G BOLTS K WT
3
6 6SH2163 1½ 7 4½ 2 2½ 4 ¾ /8 ¼ 5
9SH2163 1½ 2 7
9 10 6 1/ 8 2½ 4 1 3
/8 ¼
9SH2164 2 2 9
12SH2164 2 2 14
3
12 12SH2165 2 7/16 13 7¾ 3 2½ 4 1½ ½ /8 18
12SH2166 3 3 21
14SH2165 2 7/16 3 23
14 15 9¼ 2½ 4 1 3/ 8 ½ ½
14SH2166 3 3 25
16 16SH2166 3 17 10 5/8 3 2½ 4 1 3/ 8 ½ ½ 28
18SH2166 3 3 34
18 19 12 1/8 3½ 5 1 5/ 8 5
/8 ½
18SH2167 3 7/16 4 44
20SH2166 3 3 36
20 21 13 ½ 3½ 5 1 5/ 8 1 5/ 8 ¾
20SH2167 3 7/16 4 47
24 24SH2167 3 7/16 25 16 ½ 4 3½ 5 1 5/ 8 1 5/ 8 ¾ 53

Page 72 Page 71
HANGERS
SCREW

DIA ( “ )
DIA( “ )

BOLTS
SHAFT

H
PART # A B C E F G K WT
3 1
6 6SH3163 1½ 7 4½ 2 2½ 6 ¾ /8 /8 7
9SH3163 1½ 2 9
9 10 6 1/ 8 2½ 6 1 3
/8 3
/16
9SH3164 2 2 10
12SH3164 2 2 14
3
12 12SH3165 2 7/16 13 7¾ 3 2½ 6½ 1¼ ½ /16 19
12SH3166 3 3 25
14SH3165 2 7/16 3 23
14 15 9¼ 2½ 6½ 1 3/ 8 ½ 3
/16
14SH3166 3 3 31
16 16SH3166 3 17 10 5/8 3 2½ 8 1 3/ 8 ½ 3
/16 36
18SH3166 3 3 36
18 19 12 1/8 3½ 8 1 5/ 8 5
/8 ¼
18SH3167 3 7/16 4 48
20SH3166 3 3 38
20 21 13 ½ 3½ 8 1 5/ 8 5
/8 ¼
20SH3167 3 7/16 4 51
24 24SH3167 3 7/16 25 16 ½ 4 3½ 8 1 5/ 8 5
/8 ¼ 58

Page 72 Page 73
DISCHARGE GATES

AIR CYL. BORE

DIMENSIONS
CONV. SIZE

A B C D E F G H J K P
PART #
30 4/9 11
2 13/16 7
6 6CVGT-A-E 13 ½ 7 10 /16 — 3 19 4 /16 2

17 1/8 39 4/9 7
9 9CVGT-A-E 10 13 ½ 4 — 4 25 5 /16 2

48 9/16 7
5 1 /8 7
12 12CVGT-A-E 19 ¾ 13 17 ¼ /8 — 5¼ 31 6 /16 2½

54 9/16 7 7
14 14CVGT-A-E 22 ¼ 15 19 ¼ /8 3½ 3½ 3½ 35 6 /16 2½

24 5/8 61 3/8 7 7
16 16CVGT-A-E 17 21 ¼ /8 3¾ 4 4 39 7 /16 3¼

27 7/8 67 3/8 1 1 /8 4 7/16 4 3 /8 4 3 /8 9

18 18CVGT-A-E 19 24 ¼ 43 7 /16 3¼

73 3/8 1 1 /8 4 7 /8 9
20 20CVGT-A-E 29 ½ 21 26 ¼ 4¾ 4¾ 47 8 /16 3¼

85 3/8 1 1 /8 5 5 /8 5 5 /8 9
24 24CVGT-A-E 34 ½ 25 20 ¼ 5½ 55 9 /16 3¼

Page 74 Page 73
 DISCHARGE GATES

DIMENSIONS

AIR CYL.
BORE
CONV.
SIZE

A B C D E F G H J
PART #
6 6CVGT-A 13 ½ 7 19 11 30 7/16 3 HOLES – 4 ½ C-C=9 4 HOLES-4.333 C-C=13 14 ¼ 22 ¼ 2

9 9CVGT-A 17 /8
1
10 25 14 39 /16
7
4 HOLES – 4 C-C=12 4 HOLES-5.333 C-C=16 17 ¼ 28 ¼ 2

12 12CVGT-A 19 ¾ 13 31 17 48 9/16 4 HOLES – 5 C-C=15 4 HOLES-6.333 C-C=19 20 ¼ 34 ¼ 2½

14 14CVGT-A 22 ¼ 15 35 19 54 9/16 5 HOLES – 4 ¼ C-C=17 6 HOLES-4.2 C-C=21 22 ¼ 34 ¼ 2½

16 16CVGT-A 24 5/8 17 39 21 61 3/8 5 HOLES – 4 ¾ C-C=19 6 HOLES-4.6 C-C=23 24 ¼ 38 ¼ 3¼

18 18CVGT-A 27 /8
1
19 43 23 67 /8
3
5 HOLES – 5 ¼ C-C=21 6 HOLES-D C-C=25 26 ¼ 42 ¼ 3¼

20 20CVGT-A 29 ½ 21 47 25 73 3/8 5 HOLES – 5 ¾ C-C=23 6 HOLES-5.4 C-C=27 28 ¼ 50 ¼ 3¼

24 24CVGT-A 34 ½ 25 55 29 85 3/8 7 HOLES – 4 ½ C-C=27 6 HOLES-6.2 C-C=31 32 ¼ 58 ¼ 3¼

Page 74 Page 75
DISCHARGE GATES

CONV. SIZE

DIMENSIONS

PART # A B C D E F G H J

6 6CVGT-RP 13 ½ 7 19 11 11 3 HOLES-4 ½ C-C=9 4 HOLES-4.333 C-C=13 14 ¼ 22 ¼

9 9CVGT-RP 1
17 /8 10 25 14 14 4 HOLES-4 C-C=12 4 HOLES-5.333 C-C=16 17 ¼ 28 ¼

12 12CVGT-RP 19 ¾ 13 31 17 17 4 HOLES-5 C-C=15 4 HOLES-6.333 C-C=19 20 ¼ 34 ¼

14 14CVGT-RP 22 ¼ 15 35 19 19 5 HOLES-4 ¼ C-C=17 6 HOLES-4.2 C-C=21 22 ¼ 38 ¼

16 16CVGT-RP 5
24 /8 17 39 21 21 5 HOLES-4 ¾ C-C=19 6 HOLES-4.6 C-C=23 24 ¼ 42 ¼

18 18CVGT-RP 1
27 /8 19 43 23 23 5 HOLES-5 ¼ C-C=21 6 HOLES-5 C-C=25 26 ¼ 46 ¼

20 20CVGT-RP 29 ½ 21 47 25 25 5 HOLES-5 ¾ C-C=23 6 HOLES-5.4 C-C=27 28 ¼ 50 ¼

24 24CVGT-RP 34 ½ 25 55 29 29 7 HOLES-4 ½ C-C=27 6 HOLES-6.2 C-C=31 32 ¼ 58 ¼

Page 76 Page 75
DISCHARGE GATES

RACK & PINION GATE

SIZE PART # A B C D E F G H J K L M N P

5 5FLGT-RP 7½ 5 17 ½ 4
3
/8 2¼ — 2¼ 10
15
2 /32 1
5
/16 17 /8
5 13
25 /16
9 7
6 6FLGT-RP 9 6 20 4 /19 15
3 /16 — — 11 ½
15
2 /32 1 /16 20 /8
1 1
29 /16
11 7
7 7FLGT-RP 10 7 22 4 /16 13
2 /16 — 3 12 ½
15
2 /32 1 /16 22 /8
1 1
32 /16
9 7
8 8FLGT-RP 11 8 24 4 /16 3
3 /16 — 3½ 13 ½
15
2 /32 1 /16 24 /8
1 1
35 /16
7
10 10FLGT-RP 13 10 28 4 ½ 4 — 4 15 ½
15
2 /32 1 /16 28
½ 9
41 /16
5 7
11 11FLGT-RP 14 ¼ 11 30 ¼ 4 /8 5
4 /16 — 4 /8
3
16 /8
5 15
2 /32 1 /16 30 ¾
11
44 /16
7 7
12 12FLGT-RP 16 ¼ 12 33 ¼ 4 /8 4¾ — 5 18 /8
1 7
1 /8 1¼ /16 33 ¾
3
48 /16
7 7
13 13FLGT-RP 17 ¼ 13 35 ¼ 4 /8 5 /8
1 — 5¼ 19 /8
1 7
1 /8 1¼ /16 35 ¾
3
51 /16
7 1 7
14 14FLGT-RP 18 ¼ 14 37 ¼ 4 /8 4 /8
1 4 /8 — 20 /8
1 7
1 /8 1¼ /16 37 ¾
3
54 /16
7 7
15 15FLGT-RP 19 ¼ 15 39 ¼ 4 /8 3½ 3½ 3½ 21 /8
1 7
1 /8 1¼ /16 39 ¾
3
57 /16
7 5 7
16 16FLGT-RP 20 ¼ 16 41 ¼ 4 /8 3 /8
5 3 /8 4 22 /8
1 7
1 /8 1¼ /16 41 ¾ 60 ¼
7 7
17 17FLGT-RP 21 ¼ 17 43 ¼ 4 /8 3¾ 4 4 23 /8
1 7
1 /8 1¼ /16 43 ¾ 63 ¼
1 9
18 18FLGT-RP 23 ¼ 18 46 ¼ 4 /8 4½ 4 4 24 /8
1 15
2 /32 1 /16 46 ¾ 66 ¾
1 3 9
19 19FLGT-RP 24 ¼ 19 48 ¼ 4 /8 7
4 /16 4 /8 4 /8
3
25 /8
1 15
2 /32 1 /16 48 ¾
9
70 /16
1 9
20 20FLGT-RP 25 ¼ 20 50 ¼ 4 /8 4¾ 4½ 4½ 26 /8
1 15
2 /32 1 /16 50 ¾
9
73 /16
1 9
21 21FLGT-RP 26 ¼ 21 52 ¼ 4 /8 4 /8
7 4¾ 4¾ 27 /8
1 15
2 /32 1 /16 52 ¾
9
76 /16
1 9
22 22FLGT-RP 27 ¼ 22 54 ¼ 4 /8 5 5 5 28 /8
1 15
2 /32 1 /16 54 ¾
9
79 /16
1 3 9
24 24FLGT-RP 29 ¼ 24 58 ¼ 4 /8 5 /8
3 5 /8 5 /8
3
30 /8
1 7
1 /8 1¼ /16 58 ¾
9
85 /16
1 9
25 25FLGT-RP 30 ¼ 25 60 ¼ 4 /8 5 /8
5 5½ 5½ 31 /8
1 7
1 /8 1¼ /16 60 ¾
9
88 /16

Page 76 Page 77
DISCHARGE GATES

SIZE PART # A B C D E F G H J K L M N P

5 5FLGT-A 7½ 5 17 ½ 4
3
/8 2¼ — 2¼ 10
15
2 /32 1
5
/16
5
17 /8 13
25 /16
9 1
6 6FLGT-A 9 6 20 4 /19 15
3 /16 — — 11 ½
15
2 /32 1
7
/16 20 /8
1
29 /16
11 1
7 7FLGT-A 10 7 22 4 /16 13
2 /16 — 3 12 ½
15
2 /32 1
7
/16 22 /8
1
32 /16
9 1
8 8FLGT-A 11 8 24 4 /16 3
3 /16 — 3½ 13 ½
15
2 /32 1
7
/16 24 /8
1
35 /16
10 10FLGT-A 13 10 28 4 ½ 4 — 4 15 ½
15
2 /32 1
7
/16 28 ½
9
41 /16
5 3 5
11 11FLGT-A 14 ¼ 11 30 ¼ 4 /8 5
4 /16 — 4 /8 16 /8
15
2 /32 1
7
/16 30 ¾
11
44 /16
7 1 7
12 12FLGT-A 16 ¼ 12 33 ¼ 4 /8 4¾ — 5 18 /8 1 /8 1¼
7
/16 33 ¾
3
48 /16
7 1 1 7
13 13FLGT-A 17 ¼ 13 35 ¼ 4 /8 5 /8 — 5¼ 19 /8 1 /8 1¼
7
/16 35 ¾
3
51 /16
7 1 1 1 7
14 14FLGT-A 18 ¼ 14 37 ¼ 4 /8 4 /8 4 /8 — 20 /8 1 /8 1¼
7
/16 37 ¾
3
54 /16
7 1 7
15 15FLGT-A 19 ¼ 15 39 ¼ 4 /8 3½ 3½ 3½ 21 /8 1 /8 1¼
7
/16 39 ¾
3
57 /16
7 5 5 1 7
16 16FLGT-A 20 ¼ 16 41 ¼ 4 /8 3 /8 3 /8 4 22 /8 1 /8 1¼
7
/16 41 ¾ 60 ¼
7 1 7
17 17FLGT-A 21 ¼ 17 43 ¼ 4 /8 3¾ 4 4 23 /8 1 /8 1¼
7
/16 43 ¾ 63 ¼
1 5 9
18 18FLGT-A 23 ¼ 18 46 ¼ 4 1 /8 4½ 4 4 24 /8
15
2 /32 1 /16 46 ¾ 66 ¾
1 3 3 5 9 9
19 19FLGT-A 24 ¼ 19 48 ¼ 4 1 /8
7
4 /16 4 /8 4 /8 25 /8
15
2 /32 1 /16 48 ¾ 70 /16
1 5 9 9
20 20FLGT-A 25 ¼ 20 50 ¼ 4 1 /8 4¾ 4½ 4½ 26 /8
15
2 /32 1 /16 50 ¾ 73 /16
1 7 5 9 9
21 21FLGT-A 26 ¼ 21 52 ¼ 4 1 /8 4 /8 4¾
3
4 /16 27 /8
15
2 /32 1 /16 52 ¾ 76 /16
1 5 9 9
22 22FLGT-A 27 ¼ 22 54 ¼ 4 1 /8 5 5 5 28 /8
15
2 /32 1 /16 54 ¾ 79 /16
1 3 3 5 7 9 9
24 24FLGT-A 29 ¼ 24 58 ¼ 4 1 /8
7
5 /16 5 /8 5 /8 30 /8 1 /8 1¼ /16 58 ¾ 85 /16
1 5 5 7 9 9
25 25FLGT-A 30 ¼ 25 60 ¼ 4 1 /8 5 /8 5½ 5½ 31 /8 1 /8 1¼ /16 60 ¾ 88 /16

Page 78 Page 77
DISCHARGE GATES

Curved Gate – Rack & Pinion – Dust-Tight Enclosure

DIMENSIONS
CONV.
SIZE

PART # A B C D E F G H J K P
11
6 6CVGT-RP-E 17 ½ 7 19 11 /16 2 13/16 — 3 19 4 7
/16

9 9CVGT-RP-E 22 1/8 10 13 14 ½ 4 — 4 25 5 7
/16
7
12 12CVGT-RP-E 25 ¾ 13 17 ¼ 17 /8 5 1/8 — 5¼ 31 6 7
/16
7 7
14 14CVGT-RP-E 28 ¼ 15 19 ¼ 19 /8 3½ 3½ 3½ 35 6 /16

16 16CVGT-RP-E 31 5/8 17 21 ¼ 21 7
/8 3¾ 4 4 39 7 7
/16

18 18CVGT-RP-E 34 1/8 19 24 ¼ 23 1 1/8 4 7/16 4 3/8 4 3/8 43 7 9

/16

20 20CVGT-RP-E 37 ½ 21 26 ¼ 25 1 1/8 4 7/8 4¾ 4¾ 47 8 9

/16

24 24CVGT-RP-E 43 ½ 25 30 ¼ 29 1 1/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 5½ 55 9 9

/16

Page 78 Page 79
COMPONENT SELECTION: INLETS

THICKNESS
WEIGHT- LBS

FLANGE
DIAMETER
SCREW

PART # A B C E F G H P
6 6SCI 4.2 12 GA 7 10 11
/16 2 13/16 — 3 3
/8 (1)
9 9SCI 7.8 10 GA 10 13 ½ 4 — 4 3
/8 (1)
10 10SCI 8.6 10 GA 11 14 ¼ 5
/8 4 5/16 — 4 3/8 3
/8 (1)
12 12SCI 11 10 GA 13 17 ¼ 7
/8 5 1/8 — 5¼ 3
/8 (1)
14 14SCI 13 10 GA 15 19 ¼ 7
/8 3½ 3½ 3½ 3
/8 (2)
16 16SCI 14 10 GA 17 21 ¼ 7
/8 3¾ 4 4 3
/8 (2)
18 18SCI 20 10 GA 19 24 ¼ 1 1/8 4 7/16 4 3/8 4 3/8 ½ (2)
20 20SCI 22 10 GA 21 26 ¼ 1 1/8 4 7/8 4¾ 4¾ ½ (2)
24 24SCI 23 10 GA 25 30 ¼ 1 1/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 5½ ½ (2)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.

(1) 12 BOLTS
(2) 20 BOLTS

Page 80 Page 79
HANGER POCKETS

Hanger Pocket For Tubular Trough

Screw Dia. Part # A C D E WT.

6SHP14 14 7
6 7 5 9¾
6SHP10 10 9
9SHP14 14 8
9SHP12 12 10
9 10 7 1/8 13 1/8
9SHP10 10 13
3
9SHP7 /16 18
12SHP12 12 15
12SHP10 10 20
12 13 8 7/8 3 17 ¼
12SHP7 /16 27
12SHP3 ¼ 36
14SHP12 12 19
14SHP10 10 24
14 15 10 1/8 3 19 ¼
14SHP7 /16 33
14SHP3 ¼ 44
16SHP12 12 23
16SHP10 10 30
16 17 11 1/8 3 21 ¼
16SHP7 /16 41
16SHP3 ¼ 55
18SHP12 12 30
18SHP10 10 37
18 19 12 3/8 3 24 ¼
18SHP7 /16 58
18SHP3 ¼ 68
20SHP10 10 46
20 20SHP7 21 13 3/8 3
/16 26 ¼ 63
20SHP3 ¼ 84
24SHP10 10 61
24 24SHP7 25 15 3/8 3
/16 30 ¼ 83
24SHP3 ¼ 111

Page 80 Page 81
CONVEYOR COVERS

LENGTH

LENGTH
WT STD

WT STD
SCREW

COVER
DIA. (“)

THICK.

FLANGED
PART # FLAT PART # C D G
6 16 6SCF16 24 6SCNF16 20 9¾ 9 7/ 8 ½
16 9SCF16 32 9SCNF16 30 ½
9 13 3/8 13 3/8 5
10 9SCF10 72 9SCNF10 62 /8
14 12SCF14 60 12SCNF14 54 ½
12 17 ½ 17 ½ 5
10 12SCF10 109 12SCNF10 96 /8
14 14SCF14 67 14SCNF14 60 ½
14 19 ½ 19 ½ 5
10 14SCF10 120 14SCNF10 108 /8
14 16SCF14 73 16SCNF14 66 ½
16 21 ½ 21 ½ 5
10 16SCF10 132 16SCNF10 119 /8
14 18SCF14 85 18SCNF14 76 ½
18 24 ½ 24 ½ 5
10 18SCF10 149 18SCNF10 136 /8
14 20SCF14 90 20SCNF14 84 ½
20 26 ½ 26 ½ 5
10 20SCF10 161 20SCNF10 148 /8
5
12 24SCF12 142 24SCNF12 132 /8
24 30 ½ 30 ½ 5
10 24SCF10 182 24SCNF10 170 /8

Page 82 Page 81
CONVEYOR COVERS

LENGTH

LENGTH
WT STD

WT STD
SCREW

COVER
DIA. (“)

THICK.

SEMI-FLANGED HIP-ROOF
PART # PART # D E F G
7
6 16 6SCSF16 24 6SCH16 20 9 /8 9¾ ½ ½
16 9SCSF16 32 9SCH16 30 ½
9 13 3/8 13 3/8 ½ 5
10 9SCSF10 72 9SCH10 62 /8
14 12SCSF14 60 12SCH14 54 ½
12 17 ½ 17 ½ ½ 5
10 12SCSF10 109 12SCH10 96 /8
14 14SCSF14 67 14SCH14 60 ½
14 19 ½ 19 ½ ½ 5
10 14SCSF10 120 14SCH10 108 /8
14 16SCSF14 73 16SCH14 66 ½
16 21 ½ 21 ½ ½ 5
10 16SCSF10 132 16SCH10 119 /8
14 18SCSF14 85 18SCH14 76 ½
18 24 ½ 24 ½ ½ 5
10 18SCSF10 149 18SCH10 136 /8
14 20SCSF14 90 20SCH14 84 ½
20 26 ½ 26 ½ ½ 5
10 20SCSF10 161 20SCH10 148 /8
5
12 24SCSF12 142 24SCH12 132 /8
24 30 ½ 30 ½ ½ 5
10 24SCSF10 182 24SCH10 170 /8

Page 82 Page 83
 CLAMPS
Spring clamps are manufactured from
heavy gauge steel. Clamps with brackets
are welded to flat covers and rotated to
fasten to the trough. These clamps may be
used with a variety of gasket material such
as red rubber, neoprene, or spong rubber.

SPRING CLAMP
PRODUCT PART #
CLAMP ONLY SCSPC
CLAMP W/ BRACKET SCSPC-B

Screw clamps are used with flat or flanged

covers on screw conveyors up to 24”.
Used on 24” centers, they provide a
secure method of fastening the covers to
the trough.

SCREW CLAMP

PRODUCT PART #

CLAMP ONLY SCSC

CLAMP W/ BRACKET SCSC-B

Toggle clamps are used when quick access is

needed and secure fastening is possible
without any tools. The base of the clamp is
welded to the trough with the top moving a full
90ْ to provide the clamping action. These are
available in carbon or stainless steel.

TOGGLE CLAMPS

PRODUCT PART #
CLAMP ONLY SCTC
CLAMP W/ BRACKET SCTC-B

Page 84 Page 83
 BUCKET ELEVATOR
CATALOG
&
ENGINEERING
MANUAL

Phone: (308) 324-7591 Fax: (308) 324-7549

Phone: (308) 324-7591 TOLL FREE: Fax: (308) 324-7549
sales@conveyusa.com www.conveyusa.com
sales@conveyusa.com 1-877-664-2687
TOLL FREE: www.conveyusa.com
1-877-664-2687
 CONTENTS
Warning & Safety reminders 3-4
Introduction 5
SELECTION
How to Select 6
Material Classifications 6-7

CENTRIFUGAL DISCHARGE
Series 1000 Chain drive 8
Series 2000 Belt drive 12
Series 7000 High Capacity 32

CONTINUOUS DISCHARGE
Series 3000 Chain drive 16
Series 4000 Belt drive 20
Series 5000 Dual chain, high capacity 24
Series 6000 Dual chain, max capacity 28

COMPONENTS
Service platforms & Ladders 36
Industrial duty buckets 37
Bucket Punching 40-41

Data requirements form 42

2
2
WARNING & SAFETY REMINDERS

Introduction
FOR SCREW, DRAG, AND BUCKET ELEVATOR CONVEYORS

& Safety
APPROVED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY THE SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF THE CONVEYOR
EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA) CEMA Document: SC 2004-01

It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor, com-

Std Capacity
1000 series
ponents and, conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and
Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B20.1
Safety Code.

In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition, the assemblies or parts must be installed and operated in accord-
ance with the following minimum provisions:

Std Capacity
2000 series
1. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are in place. If the
conveyor is to be opened for inspection cleaning, maintenance or observation, the electric power to the motor driving the
conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone; however remote
from the area, until conveyor cover or guards and drive guards have been properly replaced.

2. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be

Std Capacity
guarded by a railing or fence in accordance with ANSI standard B20.1. (Request current edition and addenda)

3000 series
3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders or other manual or mechanical equipment shall be constructed in such a way
that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. If the nature of the material is such that a grating cannot be used,
then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a warning sign posted.

4. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT.

Std Capacity
4000 series
5. Always operate conveyor in accordance with these instructions and those contained on the caution labels affixed to
the equipment.

6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part of your body, in the conveyor.

7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or guards.

High Capacity
5000 series
8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than that for which it was intended.

9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings.

10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles.

High Capacity
6000 series
11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy (materials or devices that could cause conveyor components to move without
power applied) before opening the conveyor.

12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT.

13. Do not attempt field modification of conveyor or components.

High Capacity
7000 series

14. Conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. These
materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel.
Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with lo-
cal, state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to
be subjected to internal or external pressure, manufacturer should be consulted prior to any modifications.
Accessories
Buckets &

3
 The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the
motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. Secondary safety devices are available; however,
the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the owner-assembler as we have no information
regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment, extent of plant
automation, etc. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or
covers. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail
to lock out power before removing covers or guards. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail
or malfunction. There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that
if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it can also be automatically
stopped. Electrical controls, machinery guards, railings, walkways, arrangement of installation, training of personnel, etc.,
are necessary ingredients for a safe working place.

It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to supplement the materials and services furnished with
these necessary items to make the conveyor installation comply with the law and accepted standards.

Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are designed to connect to other equipment or machinery so that the flow of mate-
rial into and out of the conveyor is completely enclosed.

CEMA has produced an audio-visual presentation entitled “Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors,partsandcan moving
Exposed
cause
Bucket Elevators.” CEMA encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information to supplement yoursevere
safetyinjury
program. LOCK OUT POWER
before removing
guard
This document is provided by CEMA as a service to the industry in the interest of promoting safety. It is advisory
CHR930001
only and
it is not a substitute for a thorough safety program. Users should consult with qualified engineers and other safety pro-
fessionals. CEMA makes no representations or warranties, either expressed or implied, and the users of this document
assume full responsibility for the safe design and operation of equipment. Walking or standing on
conveyor covers or
gratings can cause
CEMA Safety Labels severe injury
The CEMA safety labels shown below should be used on screw conveyors, drag conveyors, and bucket elevators. STAY OFF
Safety labels should be placed on inlets, discharges, troughs, covers, inspection doors & drive guards. See CEMA Safety
CHS991026

Label Placement Guidelines on CEMA Web Site: http://www.cemanet.org/safety/guidelines.html

WARNING
PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THESE SAFETY LABELS ON INSTALLED EQUIPMENT Exposed screw and
Note: Labels alone do not substitute for a thorough inplant safety training program centered on the hazards moving parts can
cause severe injury
associated with operating your installed equipment.
LOCK OUT POWER
before removing
Contact CEMA or Orthman Manufacturing for Replacement Labels CHR930011
cover or servicing

Exposed moving
parts can cause
severe injury

LOCK OUT POWER

before removing
CHR930001
guard

Walking or standing on
conveyor covers or CVS930010 CVS930012 CVS930011
gratings can cause
severe injury
Exposed conveyors
and moving parts Exposed buckets and Exposed screw and
STAY OFF
CHS991026 can cause severe moving parts can moving parts can
injury cause severe injury cause severe injury

LOCK OUT POWER LOCK OUT POWER

WARNING LOCK OUT POWER
before removing before removing before removing
Exposed screw and cover or servicing cover or servicing cover or servicing
moving parts can
cause severe injury

LOCK OUT POWER

before removing
cover or servicing
CONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION
CHR930011
6724 Lone Oak Blvd., Naples, Florida 34109 Telephone 239-514-3441

4
INDUSTRIAL BUCKET ELEVATORS

Introduction
& Safety
Bucket elevators are designed to move flowing powders or bulk solids vertically. The typical elevator consists of a
series of buckets mounted on a chain or belt operating over a sprocket or pulley. Take-ups are provided as a means
to compensate for variations in length of chain or belt due to temperature changes, atmospheric conditions, or wear. A
steel casing encloses the bucket line. Head sections and boot sections house integral transmission components.

Std Capacity
Material is fed into an inlet hopper. Buckets (or cups) dig into the Material, and convey it up to and over the head

1000 series
sprocket/pulley, then throwing the material out the discharge throat. The emptied buckets then continue back down to
the boot to continue the cycle.

ORTHMAN CONVEYING’S Industrial Bucket Elevators are made in a variety of shapes, weights and sizes, utilizing
centrifugal buckets or continuous buckets.

Std Capacity
2000 series
Centrifugal Bucket Elevators are most commonly used to convey free-flowing, powdered bulk solids such as grains,
animal feed, sand, minerals, sugar, aggregates, chemicals and more. They operate at high speeds, which throw the
materials out the buckets into discharge throat by centrifugal force.

Industrial type elevators operate at slower speeds than standard duty-type elevators. Generally, Style AA buckets are
used, which are widely spaced on a chain or belt and operate at speeds up to 305 FPM for handling the heaviest of
industrial materials up to 1213 pounds per cubic foot.

Std Capacity
3000 series
Continuous Bucket Elevators have buckets spaced continuously and operate at slower speeds. The continuous bucket
placement allows the force of gravity to discharge their load onto the inverted front of the preceding bucket. The bucket
then guides that material into the discharge throat on the descending side of the elevator.

Continuous elevators are used to handle friable, fragile materials because they minimize product damage or are used
to handle light, fluffy materials where aeration of the product must be avoided. Speeds average 120 FPM for handling

Std Capacity
4000 series
up to 775 tons per hour.

Because every bucket application is unique, ORTHMAN CONVEYING offers a broad series of industrial elevator
designs. Selection of the proper type elevator depends largely on capacity requirements and the characteristics of the
material to be handled.

High Capacity
5000 series
High Capacity
6000 series
High Capacity
7000 series
Accessories
Buckets &

5
 Elevator Selection procedure
EXAMPLE:
Material: loose coke
(crushed 50%, minus 1”)
Density: 23-35 lbs/ft3
Capacity required: 30 tons/hour
Elevator ht: 40’-0” floor-discharge
Loose coke is shown in the Material
Classification Chart (see pg 7) and
is classified as a D47QNT material.
The chart recommends a “2000”
series of elevator, which desig-
nates centrifugal discharge buckets
mounted on belting.
For size selection, first convert the
required capacity to cubic feet per
hour.
Referring to the Series 2000 eleva-
tor, page 12, the smallest elevator
that can be used is the 2006, which
has a rated capacity of 1,718 ft3/hr.
elevator bucket (16 X 8) is 1 1/4”,
see page 13. This minus 1” mate-
rial can therefore be handled in this
size bucket.
The next step is to convert the
height requirement into shaft cent-
ers for computation of Horsepower.
If shaft centers are known, proceed
to next step. Discharge height plus
dimension ‘H’ (see 2000 series,
table 4 on page 15) will give ap-
proximate shaft centers.
For this example, 40’0” + 33¼” =
42’9¼” (use 43’ centers).
To determine horsepower require-
ments, multiply shaft centers by
horsepower per foot and add termi-
nal horsepower (see Series 2000
Elevators table 5 on page 15).
Therefore, the horsepower required
for this example is 43 X .040 + .82
which equals 2.54.
The total calculated horsepower
must be further corrected for power
transmission and drive loss. Drive
efficiency is usually 85%; therefore,
the minimum required operating
horsepower is 2.54 divided by .85
= 2.98 HP: so a 3-HP motor is the
smallest that can be recommended
that will give continued trouble
free operation. This calculated
horsepower is also dependent on
a continuous even flow of material,
not exceeding under any conditions,
flow rate used in the calculation.

The allowable lump size in this size

Material Classification Code Chart

Very fine (100 mesh and under) A
Fine (1/8” and under) B
SIZE Granular (Under 1/2”) C
Lumpy (containing lumps over 1/2”) D
Irregular (Stringy, interlocking, mats together) E
Very free flowing 1
Free flowing 2
FLOW-ABILITY Average flowing 3
Sluggish 4
Non-abrasive 5
ABRASIVENESS Abrasive 6
Very abrasive 7
Becomes plastic or tends to soften K
Very dusty L
Aerates & develops fluid characteristics M
Contains explosive dust N
Contaminable, affecting use or saleability P
Degrading, affecting use or saleability Q
MISCELLANEOUS Gives off harmful fumes or dust R

CHARACTERISTICS Highly corrosive S

Mildly corrosive T
(More than one may apply)
Hygroscopic U
Interlocks or mats V
Oils/chemicals present which affect rubber products W
Packs under pressure X
Very light & fluffy; may be wind-swept Y
Elevated temperature Z
Example: A very fine material that is free-flowing and contains explosive dust would be designated as code A26N.
6
 Lb/Cub Mat’l Elev. Lb/Cub Mat’l Elev.
Material Material
Ft Code Series Ft Code Series

Introduction
Alfalfa, meal 14-22 B46Y 3000 Flaxseed 43-45 B25NW 2000

& Safety
Almonds, broken 27-30 C36 1 & 3000 Flaxseed, cake 48-50 D35W 1000
Almonds, whole 28-30 D36Q 3000 Flaxseed, meal 25-45 B35W 1 & 3000
Alum, lumpy 50-60 D35U 1 & 3000 Fluorspar, fine 80-100 C46 1 & 3000
Alum, pulverized 45-50 B35U 1 & 3000 Fullers’ Earth raw 30-40 D36 2000
Aluminum chips 7-15 E46V 3000 Fullers’ Earth spent 60-65 B37WX 2000
Aluminum oxide 60-120 A17M 3000 Glass Batch 80-100 D37Z 2000
Ashes, coal 35-40 C46T 1000 Glue, ground 1/8” or less 40 B45U 1000

Std Capacity
1000 series
Asphalt, crushed 45 C35 1 & 3000 Glue, pearl 40 C35U 1000
Bakelite, powdered 30-45 B25 3000 Grains, distillery 30 E35 1000
Baking powder 40-55 A35 3000 Granite, broken 95-100 3, 5, 6
Barley, whole 36-48 B25H 2000 Grass seed 10-12 B25NY 3000
Bauxite, crushed 75-85 D37 1 & 3000 Gravel, under 1” 90-100 D36 1,3,5,6,7
Beans, castor 36 C25W 1 & 3000 Gypsum, calcined 55-60 C36 1,3,5,6,7
Beans, navy 48 C25 1 & 3000 Gypsum, crushed 1” or less 70-100 D36 1,3,5,6,7
Bones, crushed 35-50 D46 1 & 3000 Gypsum, powder 60-80 A46 1, 3, 7

Std Capacity
2000 series
Bones, powdered 50 B36 1 & 3000 Hops, spent (dry) 35 E45 1000
Boneblack 20-25 A25Y 3000 Hops, spent (wet) 50-55 E45T 1000
Bonemeal 50-60 B36 1000 Ice, Crushed 35-45 D15 1 & 3000
Borax, powdered 45-55 B26T 1000 Limenite ore 140-160 D37 1,3,5,6,7
Bran 16-20 B35NY 1000 Lignite, air dry 45-55 D35T 1 & 3000
Brewer’s grain, dry 14-30 C35 1000 Lime, ground 1/8” or less 60-65 B45X 1,3,5,6,7
Brewer’s grain, wet 55-60 C45T 1000 Lime, hydrated 40 B36MX 3,5,6

Std Capacity
3000 series
Buckwheat 37-42 B25N 2000 Lime, pebble 53-56 D45 1,3,4,6,7
Carbon black, pelletized 4000 Lime, over ½” 53 C25HU 3,5,6,7
Carbon black, powder 1000 Limestone, Agric 68 B36 1,3,5,6,7
Carborundum 100 D27 3000 Limestone, crushed 85-90 D36 3,5,6,7
Cast iron boring 130-200 C46 1 & 3000 Linseed (see Flaxseed)
Cement, portland 65-85 A26M 1, 3, 7 Marble, crushed over ½” 80-95 C37 3,5,6,7
Cement, clinker 75-95 D37 1,3,5,6,7 Milk, malted 27-30 A45PX 1000
Chalk, crushed 75-95 D26 3000 Muriate of potash 70 B37 1 & 3000

Std Capacity
4000 series
Chalk, 100 mesh/pulverized 67-75 A26MXY 3000 Oxalic acid crystal 60 B45U 2000
Charcoal 18-28 D46Q 3000 Phosphate, acid fertilizer 60 B25T 1000
Cinders, coal 40 1 & 3000 Phosphate, sand 90-100 B37 1000
Clay, brick dry fire 100-120 C37 2000 Pumice, ground less 1/8” 42-48 B47 3000
Coal, anthracite 50 mesh to 1/8” 60 D35TY 1,3,7 Rice, hulled 45-49 B25 2000
Coal, bituminous less than 1/2” 50 D36LNXY 3000 Rice, rough 32-36 B35N 2000
Coal, bituminous more than 1/2” 50 C35QVST 3,5,6,7 Rice, bran 20 B35NY 1000
Cocoa beans 30-40 C35Q 1 & 3000 Rice, grits 42-45 B35 1000

High Capacity
5000 series
Coffee, green beans 25-32 C35Q 1 & 3000 Roofing granules 1, 3, 7
Coffee, roasted 20-30 B45DQU 1 & 3000 Rubber, ground 23-50 C45 1 & 3000
Coke, loose 23-35 D47QVT 2000 Rye 42-48 B15N 2000
Coke, petroleum 45-45 D37Y 2000 Salt, dry, fine 70-80 B36TU 1, 3, 7
Coke, breeze 25-35 C47Y 2 & 7000 Salt, dry, coarse 45-60 C36TU 1, 3, 7
Copra, lumpy 22 D35 1 & 3000 Salt, cake coarse 85 B36TU 1 & 3000
Copra, cake lumpy 25-30 D35 1 & 3000 Sand, damp bank 110-130 B47 2 & 7000

High Capacity
Copra, cake ground 40-45 B35W 1 & 3000 Sand, dry bank 90-110 B37 2& 7000 6000 series
Copra, meal 40-45 B26 1 & 3000 Sand, foundry prep 90-100 D37Z 2000
Cork, fine/ground 5-15 B45MY 3000 Sand, foundry shake-out 90-100 D37Z 2000
Corn, cracked 40-50 C35W 3000 Shale, crushed 85-90 C36 2, 7, 8
Corn, shelled 45- C25 2000 Slag, furnace granular 60-65 C37 3, 5, 6
Corn germs 21 B35W 1000 Slate, crushed ½” or less 80-90 C36 2, 3, 5, 6
Corn grits 40-45 B35 1000 Slate, ground 1/8” or less 82-85 2000
Corn sugar 30-35 B35 1000 Soda ash, light 20-35 A36Y 3000
High Capacity

Soda ash, heavy 55-65 B36 1 & 3000

7000 series

Cornmeal 32-40 B35W 1000

Cottonseed, delinted 22-40 C35W 2000 Soybeans, cracked 30-40 C36NW 1000
Cottonseed, with lint 18-25 C45W 2000 Soybeans, whole 45-50 C26NW 2000
Cottonseed, cake lumpy 40-45 D35W 1000 Soybean cake, ½” or more 40-43 D35W 1000
Cottonseed hulls 12 B45Y 3000 Soybean flakes, raw 18-26 C35Y 1000
Cottonseed meal 35-40 B45Y 1000 Soybean flour 27-30 A35MN 2000
Cottonseed meats 40 B35W 1000 Soybean Meal 40 B35 1000
Accessories
Buckets &

Cullet 80-120 D37 2000 Steel chips, crushed 100-150 D47WXZ 3000
Dolomite, crushed 80-100 80-100 C36 1,3,5,6,7 Sugar beet, dry pulp 12-15 C26 3000
Ebonite, crushed less than 1/2” 65-70 C35 1 & 3000 Tanbark, ground 55-65 B35PX 1000
Feldspar, ground 65-80 B36 1 & 3000 Timothy Seed 36 B35NY 3000
Feldspar, powder 100 A46 3000 Wood chips 10-30 E45VY 2000
7
 Series 1000 Bucket Elevator
Centrifugal discharge, chain drive, standard capacity

1. Head sections are completely factory assembled

1
(drive removed for shipment). Split hood insures
easy access or removal for maintenance. S-2000
spherical roller bearings are engineered for maxi-
mum load requirements which reduce friction, and
insure smooth operation. Head shafts are fixed.
Hood contoured to minimize corrosion and material
packing in corners.

2. Discharge spout has 90° flange and convenient,

2
quick clamped, inspection door furnished as stand-
ard. 45° discharge spout available as an option.

3. Elevators of this design are ideal for the bulk

handling of free flowing, fine and loose materials with
small to medium size lumps. The centrifugal style 3

discharge meets a majority of service requirements

for industrial applications.

4. Style AA buckets are bolted onto heavy-duty sin- 4

gle strand chain.

5. “X” braced casing embossments on our trunk sec-

tions provide exceptional strength, and dimensional
stability. Inspection sections have bolted on inspec-
tion doors that provide easy access for inspection
and maintenance of buckets and chain. All trunks
and inspection sections have continuous seam welds
on the outside.
5

6. Boot sections are completely factory assembled.

Heavy-duty ball bearing pillow blocks are mounted
on acme thread take-ups and adjusted for secure
tension on the belt. Clean-out doors on both sides
of boot are bolted to provide easy access inside.
Screw take-ups are standard. Gravity take-ups
(Internal and External) are available as an option.
Drum pulleys for elevator boots are standard with
options for wing pulleys with replaceable wear strips.

Series 1000 industrial elevators feature 3/16” plate

head, boot and discharge spout as standard; trunks
and inspection section of 10 gauge, and hood of 12
gauge. Guy wires are not included.
6

Stainless steel construction of housing, shafts, buck-

ets, bucket bolts, pulleys and other fabricated parts
are available for special applications.

8
Table 1 Series 1000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal discharge, chain drive

Introduction
Max lump size

& Safety
Bucket2 Capacity3
Chain (inches)
Elevator
Speed Tons/Hr Tons/Hr Tons/Hr Tons/Hr
Number1 100% 10% Cub Ft
Size Spacing (FPM)4 (35lb/ft3 (50lb/ft3 (75lb/ft3 (100lb/ft3
lumps lumps per Hour material)4 material) material) material)
1001 6”x4” 13” 225 1/2” 2-1/2” 280 5 7 11 14

Std Capacity
1000 series
1002 8”x5” 16” 230 3/4” 3” 543 10 14 20 27
1003 8”x5” 16” 260 3/4” 3” 614 11 15 23 31
1004 10”x6” 16” 230 1” 3-1/2” 931 16 23 35 47
1005 10”x6” 18” 268 1” 3-1/2” 970 17 24 36 48
1006 12”x7” 16” 260 1-1/4” 4” 1718 30 43 64 86

Std Capacity
1007 12”x7” 18” 306 1-1/4” 4” 1752 31 44 66 87

2000 series
1008 14”x7” 18” 268 1-1/4” 4” 1858 33 46 70 93
1009 14”x7” 18” 306 1-1/4” 4” 2122 37 53 80 106
1010 16”x8” 18” 248 1-1/2” 4-1/2” 2552 45 64 96 128
1011 16”x8” 18” 306 1-1/2” 4-1/2” 3137 55 78 110 157
Larger capacities available; call for details.

Std Capacity
3000 series
Table 2 Series 1000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal discharge, chain drive
Steel Casing Gauge Approx Weights5
Elevator Casing Head Casing, bucket
Chain Number Intermediate Discharge Head &
Number1 Inside Size Hood & Boot & chain
sections spout Boot
Section (per ft, centers)

Std Capacity
4000 series
1001 6188M-K-2 9-3/4”X35” 12 10 3/16” 10 686 lb 58 lb
1002 6102BM-K-2 11-3/4”X39” 12 10 3/16” 10 801 lb 74 lb
1003 6102BM-K-2 11-3/4”X42” 12 10 3/16” 10 906 lb 82 lb
1004 6102BM-K-2 13-3/4”X42” 12 10 3/16” 10 891 lb 88 lb
1005 6110MB-K-2 13-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 10 1035 lb 91 lb

High Capacity
5000 series
1006 6102BM-K-2 15-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 10 1062 lb 100 lb
1007 6102BM-K-2 15-34/”X54” 12 10 3/16” 10 1352 lb 105 lb
1008 6110MB-K-2 17-34/”X48” 12 10 3/16” 10 1329 lb 102 lb
1009 6110MB-K-2 17-3/4”X54” 12 10 3/16” 10 1525 lb 107 lb
1010 6110MB-K-2 19-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 10 1454 lb 120 lb

High Capacity
1011 6110MB-K-2 19-34/”54” 12 10 3/16” 10 1734 lb 120 lb

6000 series
1 Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery, boot shaft machinery, chain, buckets, and casings with discharge
spouts. Specify elevator number, discharge height or shaft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks and takeups,
internal or external gravity take-ups, drives, feed hoppers, service platforms and ladders can be furnished.

2 Style AA buckets. Style AA urethane buckets recommended for wet or sticky material. Capacity and horsepower using
High Capacity
7000 series

Style AA urethane buckets is directly proportional to volume and weight of material carried in buckets.

3 Based on buckets filled to 75% of theoretical capacity. Capacity is directly proportional to volume and weight of material
carried in buckets and chain speed. Free-flowing material cannot be carried as high in the buckets as heavier or less fluffy
materials.
Accessories
Buckets &

4 Lightweight, fluffy, or pulverized materials require 15% to 20% lower chain speed than those shown for proper dis-
charge.

5 Head or boot weight is based on avg size head shaft. Weight adjustment is necessary if casing gauge is different than
shown. Head/boot weights are approximate, and include discharge spout but no feed hopper. 9
 Table 3 Series 1000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal discharge, chain drive
Horsepower at Head Shaft1 Head Shaft2 Boot Shaft
Material weight
Elevator Sprocket Sprocket
Number 35 lb 50 lb 75 lb 100 lb Speed Shaft
wheel wheel
Per ft Per ft Per ft Per ft diameter RPM diameter size
Terminals Terminals Terminals Terminals
centers centers centers centers
1001 .12 .007 .16 .010 .24 .014 .32 .019 20” 43 15” 1-7/16
1002 .20 .013 .27 .019 .41 .028 .56 .037 20-1/2” 43 13” 1-7/16
1003 .30 .015 .43 .021 .64 .031 .86 .041 24-1/4” 41 18” 1-15/16
1004 .40 .022 .57 .032 .85 .047 1.13 .063 20-1/2” 43 15-1/2” 1-15/16
1005 .55 .023 .79 .033 1.18 .049 1.58 .065 25” 41 21-1/4” 1-15/16
1006 .82 .040 1.18 .057 1.77 .085 2.36 .113 24-1/4” 41 18” 1-15/16
1007 1.11 .041 1.81 .059 2.72 .089 3.62 .118 30-3/4” 38 23-1/4” 2-3/16
1008 .88 .044 1.25 .063 2.00 .094 2.50 .125 25” 41 17-1/2” 2-3/16
1009 1.35 .050 1.92 .072 2.88 .107 3.84 .143 30-3/4” 38 23-1/4” 2-3/16
1010 1.10 .060 1.57 .086 2.35 .128 3.14 .171 23” 41 15-3/4” 2-3/16
1011 1.81 .074 2.62 .106 3.93 .158 5.24 .211 30-3/4” 38 21-1/4” 2-3/16

Table 4 Series 1000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal discharge, chain drive

Maximum elevator centers for various-size head shafts
Elevator Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
Number 35 lb / cub ft 50 lb / cub ft 75 lb / cub ft 100 lb / cub ft
Head shaft diameter
1-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16

1001 60’ 60’ 60’ 60’

1002 60’ 60’ 60’ 60’
1003 60’ 60’ 60’ 60’
1004 60’ 55’ 60’ 50’ 60’ 40’ 60’
1005 60’ 60’ 50’ 60’ 40’ 60’
1006 40’ 60’ 35’ 60’ 25’ 60’ 20’ 50’
1007 80’ 70’ 80’ 55’ 80’ 45’ 80’
1008 70’ 80’ 65’ 80’ 50’ 80’ 40’ 80’
1009 65’ 80’ 55’ 80’ 40’ 80’ 30’ 70’
1010 80’ 75’ 80’ 60’ 45’
1011 80’ 70’ 75’ 50’ 60’ 40’ 45’

1 Based on buckets filled to 100% of theoretical capacity. Horsepower is directly proportional to volume and weight of
material carried in buckets and chain speed.

2 Head shaft for Series 1000 elevator provided with S-2000 pillow blocks.

10
 E F
2.00

Introduction
& Safety
G

6'-0"
R

Std Capacity
1000 series
B
SHAFT MOUNT
A DRIVE PACKAGE
A A J WITH TORQUE ARM

Std Capacity
2000 series
CENTERS
SECTION A-A

DISCHARGE
Q A+4"
HEIGHT

C 10'

Std Capacity
3000 series
BOOT
INLET

N
K

72”
S
L

Std Capacity
4000 series
M
P
M
P

SIDE VIEW END VIEW

Table 5 Series 1000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal discharge, chain drive

High Capacity
5000 series
Elevator
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R
Number
1001 9-3/4 35 5 1-1/2 17-1/2 30-1/2 19-1/2 27-1/4 10 2-1/2 24-1/2 6-3/4 6 14-1/2 5 120

1002 11-3/4 39 7 1-1/2 19-1/2 32-1/2 21-1/2 29 10 3 24-1/2 7-3/4 6 16-1/2 7 120

1003 11-3/4 42 7 2 21 36-1/4 24 30-1/4 13 3 28-1/2 7-3/4 8 18 7 120

High Capacity
6000 series
1004 13-3/4 42 9 2 21 36-1/4 24 30-1/4 13 3 28-1/2 8-3/4 8 18 9 120

1005 13-3/4 48 9 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 31 8-3/4 8 21 9 120

1006 15-3/4 48 11 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 31 9-3/4 8 21 11 120

1007 15-3/4 54 11 2 27 45 31 35-3/4 17 4 35-1/2 9-3/4 10 24 11 120

1008 17-3/4 48 13 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 33 10-3/4 10 21 13 120

High Capacity
7000 series

1009 17-3/4 54 13 2 27 45 31 35-3/4 17 4 36-1/2 10-3/4 10 24 13 120

1010 19-3/4 48 15 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 33 11-3/4 10 21 15 120

1011 19-3/4 54 15 2 27 45 31 35-3/4 17 4 36-1/2 11-3/4 10 24 15 120

Have dimensions verified for installation purposes.

Accessories
Buckets &

11
 Series 2000 Bucket Elevator
Centrifugal discharge, belt drive, standard capacity
1. Factory assembled head section insures trouble
free installation. Split head provides easy access
for removal and maintenance. Spherical roller
bearings are engineered for maximum load 1
requirements which reduce friction and insure
smooth operation. Hood contoured to minimize
corrosion and material packing in corners.

2. Discharge spout has 90° flange and convenient

inspection door furnished as standard.
45° discharge spout available as an option.

3. The ORTHMAN CONVEYING Series 2000 industrial

elevators are similar to the ORTHMAN CONVEYING
2
Series 1000 except belting is used instead of
chain. These are ideal for handling all types of free
flowing powdered bulk solids. They operate at high
speeds, which throw the materials out of the 3
buckets into the discharge throats by centrifugal
force. Style AA malleable iron cups are bolted onto
belting.

5. “X” braced casing embossments on our inspection

sections provide exceptional strength, and 4
dimensional stability. Inspection sections of
continuous seam weldments. Bolted-on
inspection doors provide easy access for
inspection and maintenance of buckets and
belting.

6. Boot sections are completely factory assembled.

Heavy-duty ball bearing pillow blocks are mounted
on acme thread take-ups and adjusted for secure
tension on the belt. Clean-out doors on both sides 5

of boot are bolted to provide easy access inside.

Screw take-ups are standard. Gravity take-ups
(Internal and External) are available as an option.
Drum pulleys for elevator boots are standard with
options for wing pulleys with replaceable wear strips.

Series 2000 industrial elevators feature 3/16” plate

boots and discharge spout as standard; head and
casings of 10 gauge, and hood of 12 gauge.
Guy wires are not included.

Stainless steel construction of housing, shafts,

buckets, bucket bolts, pulleys and other fabricated
6
parts are available for special applications

12
Table 1 Series 2000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal discharge, belt drive

Introduction
Max lump size

& Safety
Bucket2 Capacity3
Belt (inches)
Elevator
Speed Tons/Hr Tons/Hr Tons/Hr Tons/Hr
Number1 100% 10% Cub Ft
Size Spacing (FPM)4 (35lb/ft3 (50lb/ft3 (75lb/ft3 (100lb/ft3
lumps lumps per Hour material)4 material) material) material)
2001 6”x4” 13” 225 1/2” 2-1/2” 280 5 7 11 14

Std Capacity
2002 8”x5” 16” 230 3/4” 3” 543 10 14 20 27

1000 series
2003 8”x5” 16” 260 3/4” 3” 614 11 15 23 31
2004 10”x6” 16” 230 1” 3-1/2” 931 16 23 35 47
2005 10”x6” 18” 268 1” 3-1/2” 970 17 24 36 48
2006 12”x7” 16” 260 1-1/4” 4” 1718 30 43 64 86

Std Capacity
2007 12”x7” 18” 306 1-1/4” 4” 1752 31 44 66 87

2000 series
2008 14”x7” 18” 268 1-1/4” 4” 1858 33 46 70 93
2009 14”x7” 18” 306 1-1/4” 4” 2122 37 53 80 106
2010 16”x8” 18” 248 1-1/2” 4-1/2” 2552 45 64 96 128
2011 16”x8” 18” 306 1-1/2” 4-1/2” 3137 55 78 110 157
Larger capacities available; call for details.

Std Capacity
3000 series
Table 2 Series 2000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal discharge, belt drive
Steel Casing Gauge Approx Weights5
Elevator Casing Head Casing, bucket
Belt Width Intermediate Discharge Head or
Number1 Inside Size Hood & Boot & belt
sections spout Boot
Section (per ft, centers)

Std Capacity
4000 series
2001 7” 11-3/4”X35” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 926 lb 72 lb
2002 9” 13-3/4”X39” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1096 lb 91 lb
2003 9” 13-3/4”X42” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1223 lb 102 lb
2004 11” 15-3/4”X42” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1203 lb 110 lb
2005 11” 15-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1397 lb 113 lb

High Capacity
2006 13” 17-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1434 lb 125 lb

5000 series
2007 13” 17-3/4”X54” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1959 lb 130 lb
2008 15” 19-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1794 lb 127 lb
2009 15” 19-3/4”X54” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 2058 lb 133 lb
2010 18” 21-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1963 lb 150 lb
2011 18” 21-3/4”54” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 2341 lb 150 lb

High Capacity
6000 series
1 Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery, boot shaft machinery, chain, buckets, and casings with discharge
spouts. Specify elevator number, discharge height or shaft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks and takeups, in-
ternal or external gravity take-ups, Salem buckets, drives, feed hoppers, backstops, service platforms and ladders can be
furnished.
High Capacity
7000 series

2 Style AA buckets. Style AA urethans buckets recommended for wet or sticky material. Capacity and horsepower using
Style C buckets is directly proportional to volume and weight of material carried in buckets.

3 Based on buckets filled to 75% of theoretical capacity. Capacity is directly proportional to volume and weight of material
carried in buckets and chain speed. Free-flowing material cannot be carried as high in the buckets as heavier or less fluffy
materials.
Accessories
Buckets &

4 Lightweight, fluffy, or pulverized materials require 15% to 20% lower chain speed than those shown for proper discharge.

5 Terminal weight is based on average size head shaft. Weight adjustment is necessary if casing gauge is different than
shown. Terminal weight includes discharge spout but no feed hopper.
13
 Table 3 Series 2000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal discharge, belt drive
Horsepower at Head Shaft1 Head Shaft2 Boot Shaft
Material weight
Elevator
Number 35 lb / cub ft 50 lb / cub ft 75 lb / cub ft 100 lb / cub ft Pulley Speed Pulley Shaft
Per ft Per ft Per ft Per ft
diameter RPM diameter size
Terminals Terminals Terminals Terminals
centers centers centers centers
2001 .12 .007 .16 .010 .24 .014 .32 .019 20” 43 16” 1-7/16
2002 .20 .013 .27 .019 .41 .028 .56 .037 20” 43 16” 1-7/16
2003 .30 .015 .43 .021 .64 .031 .86 .041 24” 41 20” 1-13/14
2004 .40 .022 .57 .032 .85 .047 1.13 .063 20” 43 16” 1-15/16
2005 .55 .023 .79 .033 1.18 .049 1.58 .065 24” 41 20” 1-15/16
2006 .82 .040 1.18 .057 1.77 .085 2.36 .113 24” 41 20” 1-15/16
2007 1.11 .041 1.81 .059 2.72 .089 3.62 .118 30” 38 24” 2-3/16
2008 .88 .044 1.25 .063 2.00 .094 2.50 .125 24” 41 20” 2-3/16
2009 1.35 .050 1.92 .072 2.88 .107 3.84 .143 30” 38 24” 2-3/16
2010 1.10 .060 1.57 .086 2.35 .128 3.14 .171 24” 41 20” 2-3/16
2011 1.81 .074 2.62 .106 3.93 .158 5.24 .211 30” 38 24” 2-3/16

Table 4 Series 2000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal discharge, belt drive

Maximum elevator centers for various-size head shafts
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
Elevator 35 lb / cub ft 50 lb / cub ft 75 lb / cub ft 100 lb / cub ft
Number
Head shaft diameter
1-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16
2001 60’ 60’ 60’ 60’
2002 60’ 60’ 60’ 60’
2003 60’ 60’ 60’ 60’
2004 60’ 55’ 60’ 50’ 60’ 40’ 60’
2005 60’ 60’ 50’ 60’ 40’ 60’
2006 40’ 60’ 35’ 60’ 25’ 60’ 20’ 50’
2007 80’ 70’ 80’ 55’ 80’ 45’ 80’
2008 70’ 80’ 65’ 80’ 50’ 80’ 40’ 80’
2009 65’ 80’ 55’ 80’ 40’ 80’ 30’ 70’
2010 80’ 75’ 80’ 60’ 45’
2011 80’ 70’ 75’ 50’ 60’ 40’ 45’

1 Based on buckets filled to 100% of theoretical capacity. Horsepower is directly proportional to volume and weight of
material carried in buckets and chain speed.

2 Head shaft for Series 2000 elevator provided with S-2000 pillow blocks.

14
 E F
2.00

Introduction
& Safety
G

6'-0"
R

Std Capacity
1000 series
B
SHAFT MOUNT
A DRIVE PACKAGE
A A J WITH TORQUE ARM

Std Capacity
2000 series
CENTERS
SECTION A-A

DISCHARGE
Q A+4"
HEIGHT

C 10'

Std Capacity
3000 series
BOOT
INLET

N
K

72”
S
L

Std Capacity
4000 series
M
P
M
P

SIDE VIEW END VIEW

High Capacity
5000 series
Table 5 Series 2000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal discharge, belt drive
Elevator
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R
Number
2001 9-3/4 35 5 1-1/2 17-1/2 30-1/2 19-1/2 27-1/4 10 2-1/2 24-1/2 6-3/4 6 14-1/2 5 120

High Capacity
6000 series
2002 11-3/4 39 7 1-1/2 19-1/2 32-1/2 21-1/2 29 10 3 24-1/2 7-3/4 6 16-1/2 7 120

2003 11-3/4 42 7 2 21 36-1/4 24 30-1/4 13 3 28-1/2 7-3/4 8 18 7 120

2004 13-3/4 42 9 2 21 36-1/4 24 30-1/4 13 3 28-1/2 8-3/4 8 18 9 120

2005 13-3/4 48 9 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 31 8-3/4 8 21 9 120

2006 15-3/4 48 11 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 31 9-3/4 8 21 11 120

High Capacity
7000 series

2007 15-3/4 54 11 2 27 45 31 35-3/4 17 4 35-1/2 9-3/4 10 24 11 120

2008 17-3/4 48 13 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 33 10-3/4 10 21 13 120

2009 17-3/4 54 13 2 27 45 31 35-3/4 17 4 36-1/2 10-3/4 10 24 13 120

2010 19-3/4 48 15 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 33 11-3/4 10 21 15 120

2011
Accessories

19-3/4 54 15 2 27 45 31 35-3/4 17 4 36-1/2 11-3/4 10 24 15 120

Buckets &

Have dimensions verified for installation purposes. Backstop not included.

15
 Series 3000 Bucket Elevator
Continuous discharge, chain drive, standard capacity
1. Factory assembled head section insures trouble
free installation. Split head provides easy access
for removal and maintenance. S-2000 Spherical roller
bearings are engineered for maximum load
requirements that reduce friction and insure
smooth operation. Hood contoured to minimize 1
corrosion and material packing in corners.

2. Standard discharge spout has 90° flange and

convenient inspection door, 45° discharge spout
available as an option.

3. Elevators of this design are ideal for the bulk

handling of materials ranging from light to heavy
and from fine to large lumps. Buckets are
spaced continuously and loaded by directed
feeding. Their close spacing prevents spillage
2
between cups. As the bucket discharges, the 3
material falls over the preceding bucket front and
side, forming a chute into the discharge
spout.

4. Medium-front continuous steel buckets are 4

bolted onto steel bushed rollerless chain for
heavy-duty conveying.

5. “X” braced casing embossments on our

inspection sections provide exceptional strength,
and dimensional stability. Inspection sections of
continuous seam weldments. Quick clamped
inspection doors provide easy access for
inspection and maintenance of buckets and
chain.

6. Boot sections are completely factory assembled. 5

Heavy-duty ball bearing pillow blocks are mounted
on acme thread take-ups and adjusted for secure
tension on the belt. Clean-out doors on both sides
of boot are bolted to provide easy access inside.
Screw take-ups are standard. Gravity take-ups
(Internal and External) are available as an option.
Drum pulleys for elevator boots are standard with
options for wing pulleys with replaceable wear strips.

Series 3000 industrial elevators feature 3/16” plate

for the boot and discharge spout; 10 gauge head
section and casings, and 12 gauge hood.
Guy wires are not included.

Stainless steel construction of housing, shafts, 6

buckets, bucket bolts, pulleys and other fabricated

parts are available for special applications.

16
Table 1 Series 3000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, chain drive

Introduction
Max lump size

& Safety
Bucket2 MF Capacity3
Chain (inches)
Elevator
Speed
Number1 Steel 100% 10% Cub Ft Tons/Hr3 Tons/Hr3 Tons/Hr3 Tons/Hr
Spacing (FPM)
4
Size (35lb/ft (50lb/ft (75lb/ft (100lb/ft3
gauge lumps lumps per Hour material)4 material) material) material)
3001 8x5x7-3/4 12 8” 125 3/4” 2-1/2” 675 12 17 25 34

Std Capacity
1000 series
3002 10x5x7-3/4 12 8” 125 3/4” 2-1/2” 843 15 21 32 42
3003 10x7x11-5/8 12 12” 125 1” 3” 1080 19 27 41 54
3004 12x7x11-5/8 10 12” 125 1” 3” 1293 23 32 48 65
3005 14x7x11-5/8 10 12” 125 1” 3” 1518 27 38 57 76
3006 14x8x11-5/8 10 12” 125 1-1/4” 4” 1816 32 45 68 91

Std Capacity
2000 series
3007 16x8x11-5/8 10 12” 125 1-1/2” 4-1/2” 2081 36 52 78 104
3008 18x8x11-5/8 10 12” 125 1-1/2” 4-1/2” 2334 41 58 88 117
Larger capacities available; call for details.

Std Capacity
3000 series
Table 2 Series 3000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, chain drive
Steel Casing Gauge Approx Weights5
Elevator Casing Head & Casing, bucket
Chain Number Boot Discharge
Number1 Inside Size Hood Intermediate Terminals & chain
Section spout
sections (per ft, centers)

Std Capacity
4000 series
3001 6102BM-K-2 11-3/4”X39” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1172 lb 104 lb
3002 6102BM-K-2 13-3/4”X39” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1118 lb 117 lb
3003 6110MB-K-2 13-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1528 lb 124 lb
3004 6110MB-K-2 15-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1609 lb 142 lb
3005 6110MB-K-2 17-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1702 lb 148 lb

High Capacity
3006 6110MB-K-2 17-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1891 lb 150 lb

5000 series
3007 6110MB-K-2 19-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 2253 lb 177 lb
3008 6110MB-K-2 21-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 2295 lb 185 lb

High Capacity
6000 series
1 Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery, boot shaft machinery, chain, buckets, and casings with discharge
spouts. Specify elevator number, discharge height or shaft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks and takeups,
drives, drives, feed hoppers, backstops, service platforms and ladders can be furnished.

2 Style MF, medium front, continuous buckets.

High Capacity
7000 series

3 To provide greater capacity when handling lightweight, fluffy, or pulverized materials, chain speeds may be increased to
160 to 175 FPM according to the fluffy nature of the material.

4 Based on buckets filled to 75% of theoretical capacity. Capacity is directly proportional to volume and weight of mate-
rial carried in buckets and chain speed. Free-flowing materials cannot be carried as high in the buckets as heavier of less
Accessories
Buckets &

fluffy materials.

5 Terminal weight is based on average size head shaft. Weight adjustment is necessary if casing gauge is different than
shown. Terminal weight includes discharge spout but no feed hopper.
17
 Table 3 Series 3000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, chain drive
Horsepower at Head Shaft1 Head Shaft2 Boot Shaft
Material weight
Elevator Sprocket Sprocket
Number 35 lb / cub ft 50 lb / cub ft 75 lb / cub ft 100 lb / cub ft Speed Shaft
wheel wheel
Per ft Per ft Per ft Per ft diameter RPM diameter size
Terminals Terminals Terminals Terminals
centers centers centers centers
3001 .226 .014 .275 .020 .357 .030 .439 .040 20-1/2” 23.4 14-1/4” 1-7/16
3002 .269 .018 .332 .026 .438 .038 .541 .051 20-1/2” 23.4 14-1/4” 1-7/16
3003 .384 .024 .500 .034 .685 .051 .875 .068 25” 19.1 19-1/2” 1-15/16
3004 .469 .029 .605 .041 .833 .062 1.058 .083 25” 19.1 19-1/2” 1-15/16
3005 .529 .034 .686 .048 .954 .072 1.212 .096 25” 19.1 19-1/2” 1-15/16
3006 .609 .043 .790 .062 1.098 .093 1.400 .1231 25” 19.1 17-1/2” 2-3/16
3007 .749 .049 .959 .070 1.313 .1055 1.669 .1406 25” 19.1 17-3/4” 2-3/16
3008 .821 .055 1.055 .078 1.450 .1180 1.848 .1570 25” 19.1 17-3/4” 2-3/16

Table 4 Series 3000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, chain drive

Maximum elevator centers for various-size head shafts
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot

Elevator 35 lb / cub ft 50 lb / cub ft 75 lb / cub ft 100 lb / cub ft

Number Head shaft diameter
1- 2- 2- 3- 3- 1- 2- 2- 3- 3- 1- 2- 2- 3- 3- 1- 2- 2- 3- 3-
15/16 7/16 15/16 7/16 15/16 15/16 7/16 15/16 7/16 15/16 15/16 7/16 15/16 7/16 15/16 15/16 7/16 15/16 7/16 15/16

3001 45 60 45 60 40 60 35 60
3002 35 60 35 60 30 60 30 55 60
3003 35 60 30 55 60 25 50 60 20 40 60
3004 25 45 60 20 40 60 20 35 60 30 45
3005 20 40 60 20 35 55 30 45 25 40
3006 35 55 30 45 25 40 20 30
3007 25 40 60 20 35 55 60 20 30 50 60 30 45 55
3008 20 35 55 60 20 30 50 60 30 45 60 25 40 50

1 Based on buckets filled to 100% of theoretical capacity. Horsepower is directly proportional to volume and weight of
material carried in buckets and chain speed.

2 Head shaft for Series 1000 elevator provided with S-2000 pillow blocks.

18
 E F
2.00

Introduction
& Safety
G

6'-0"
R

Std Capacity
1000 series
B
SHAFT MOUNT
A DRIVE PACKAGE
A A J WITH TORQUE ARM

Std Capacity
2000 series
CENTERS
SECTION A-A

DISCHARGE
Q A+4"
HEIGHT

C 10'

Std Capacity
3000 series
BOOT
INLET

N
K

82”
S

Std Capacity
L

4000 series
M
P
M
P

SIDE VIEW END VIEW

High Capacity
5000 series
Table 5 Series 3000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, chain drive

High Capacity
Elevator
6000 series
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R
Number
3001 11-3/4 39 7 1-1/2 19-1/2 32-1/2 21-1/2 29 10 3 37-1/2 7-3/4 6 16-1/2 7 120

3002 13-3/4 39 9 1-1/2 19-1/2 32-1/2 21-1/2 29 10 3 37-1/2 8-3/4 8 16-1/2 9 120

3003 13-3/4 48 9 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 49-1/2 8-3/4 8 21 9 120

3004 15-3/4 48 11 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 49-1/2 9-3/4 10 21 11 120

High Capacity
7000 series

3005 17-3/4 48 13 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 49-1/2 10-3/4 12 21 13 120

3006 17-3/4 48 13 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 49-1/2 10-3/4 12 21 13 120

3007 19-3/4 48 15 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 51-1/2 11-3/4 14 21 15 120

3008 21-3/4 48 17 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 51-1/2 12-3/4 16 21 17 120

Accessories

Have dimensions verified for installation purposes.

Buckets &

19
 Series 4000 Bucket Elevator
Continuous discharge, belt drive, standard capacity

1. Head section completely factory assembled for

trouble free installation. Split head insures easy
access or removal for maintenance. S-2000 Spherical 1
roller bearings are engineered for maximum load
requirements that reduce friction and insure
smooth operation. Hood contoured to minimize
corrosion and material packing in corners.

2. Discharge spout has 90° flange and convenient

inspection door furnished as standard.
45° discharge spout available as an option.

3. The ORTHMAN CONVEYING Series 4000 elevators 2

are ideal for the handling of fine or crushed
3
materials with lumps not exceeding ½”. The
ORTHMAN CONVEYING Series 4000 is similar to
the ORTHMAN CONVEYING Series 3000 except
belting is used instead of chain – ideal for fine or
crushed particles. Medium-front continuous steel
buckets are bolted continuously on belting.

5. “X” braced casing embossments on our

inspection sections provide exceptional strength, 4

and dimensional stability. Inspection sections of

continuous seam weldments. Quick clamped
inspection doors provide easy access for
inspection and maintenance of belting and
buckets.

6. Boot sections are completely factory assembled.

Heavy-duty ball bearing pillow blocks are mounted
on acme thread take-ups and adjusted for secure
tension on the belt. Clean-out doors on both sides
of boot are bolted to provide easy access inside. 5

Screw take-ups are standard. Gravity take-ups

(Internal and External) are available as an option.
Drum pulleys for elevator boots are standard with
options for wing pulleys with replaceable wear strips.

Series 4000 industrial elevators feature standard

construction of 3/16” plate steel boots and discharge
spout; head section and casings of 10 gauge, and
hood of 12 gauge. Guy wires are not included.

Stainless steel construction of housing, shafts,

buckets, bucket bolts, pulleys and other fabricated
6
parts are available for special applications.

20
 Table 1 Series 4000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, belt drive

Introduction
Max lump size

& Safety
Bucket2 Capacity3
Chain (inches)
Elevator
Speed
Number1 Steel 100% 10% Cub Ft Tons/Hr3 Tons/Hr3 Tons/Hr3 Tons/Hr
Spacing (FPM)
4
Size (35lb/ft (50lb/ft (75lb/ft (100lb/ft3
gauge lumps lumps per Hour material)4 material) material) material)
4001 8x5x7-3/4 12 8” 125 3/4” 2-1/2” 675 12 17 25 34

Std Capacity
1000 series
4002 10x5x7-3/4 12 8” 125 3/4” 2-1/2” 843 15 21 32 42
4003 10x7x11-5/8 12 12” 125 1” 3” 1080 19 27 41 54
4004 12x7x11-5/8 10 12” 125 1” 3” 1293 23 32 48 65
4005 14x7x11-5/8 10 12” 125 1” 3” 1518 27 38 57 76
4006 14x8x11-5/8 10 12” 125 1-1/4” 4” 1816 32 45 68 91

Std Capacity
2000 series
4007 16x8x11-5/8 10 12” 125 1-1/2” 4-1/2” 2081 36 52 78 104
4008 18x8x11-5/8 10 12” 125 1-1/2” 4-1/2” 2334 41 58 88 117
Larger capacities available; call for details.

Std Capacity
3000 series
Table 2 Series 4000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, belt drive
Steel Casing Gauge Approx Weights5
Elevator Casing Head & Casing, bucket
Belt Width Boot Discharge
Number1 Inside Size Hood Intermediate Terminals & belt
Section spout
sections (per ft, centers)

Std Capacity
4000 series
4001 9” 13-3/4”X39” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1172 lb 104 lb
4002 11” 15-3/4”X39” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1118 lb 117 lb
4003 11” 15-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1528 lb 124 lb
4004 13” 17-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1609 lb 142 lb
4005 15” 19-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1702 lb 148 lb

High Capacity
4006 15” 19-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 1891 lb 150 lb

5000 series
4007 17” 21-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 2253 lb 177 lb
4008 19” 24-3/4”X48” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 2295 lb 185 lb

1 Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery, boot shaft machinery, belt, buckets, and casings with discharge
spouts, Specify elevator number, discharge height or shaft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks and take-ups,

High Capacity
drives, feed hoppers, backstops, service platforms and ladders can be furnished.
6000 series
2 Style MF, medium front, continuous steel buckets.

3 To provide greater capacity when handling lightweight, fluffy or pulverized materials, chain speeds may be increased to
160 to 175 FPM according to the fluffy nature of the material.
High Capacity
7000 series

4 Based on buckets filled to 75% of theoretical capacity. Capacity directly proportional to volume and weight of mate-
rial carried in buckets and belt speed. Free-flowing materials cannot be carried as high in the buckets as heavier or less
fluffy materials.

5 Terminal weight is based on average size head shaft. Weight adjustment necessary if casing thickness is other than
listed above. Terminal weight includes discharge spout and loading leg but not feed hopper.
Accessories
Buckets &

21
 Table 3 Series 4000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, belt drive
Horsepower at Head Shaft1 Head Shaft2 Boot Shaft
Material weight
Elevator
Number 35 lb / cub ft 50 lb / cub ft 75 lb / cub ft 100 lb / cub ft Pully Speed Pully Shaft
Per ft Per ft Per ft Per ft
diameter RPM diameter size
Terminals Terminals Terminals Terminals
centers centers centers centers
4001 .226 .014 .275 .020 .357 .030 .439 .040 20” 24 16” 1-7/16
4002 .269 .018 .332 .026 .438 .038 .541 .051 20” 24 16” 1-7/16
4003 .384 .024 .500 .034 .685 .051 .875 .068 24” 20 20” 1-15/16
4004 .469 .029 .605 .041 .833 .062 1.058 .083 24” 20 20” 1-15/16
4005 .529 .034 .686 .048 .954 .072 1.212 .096 24” 20 20” 1-15/16
4006 .609 .043 .790 .062 1.098 .093 1.400 .1231 24” 20 20” 2-3/16
4007 .749 .049 .959 .070 1.313 .1055 1.669 .1406 24” 20 20” 2-3/16
4008 .821 .055 1.055 .078 1.450 .1180 1.848 .1570 24” 20 20” 2-3/16

Table 4 Series 4000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, belt drive

Maximum elevator centers for various-size head shafts
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot

Elevator 35 lb / cub ft 50 lb / cub ft 75 lb / cub ft 100 lb / cub ft

Number Head shaft diameter
1- 2- 2- 3- 3- 1- 2- 2- 3- 3- 1- 2- 2- 3- 3- 1- 2- 2- 3- 3-
15/16 7/16 15/16 7/16 15/16 15/16 7/16 15/16 7/16 15/16 15/16 7/16 15/16 7/16 15/16 15/16 7/16 15/16 7/16 15/16

4001 45 60 45 60 40 60 35 60
4002 35 60 35 60 30 60 30 55 60
4003 35 60 30 55 60 25 50 60 20 40 60
4004 25 45 60 20 40 60 20 35 60 30 45
4005 20 40 60 20 35 55 30 45 25 40
4006 35 55 30 45 25 40 20 30
4007 25 40 60 20 35 55 60 20 30 50 60 30 45 55
4008 20 35 55 60 20 30 50 60 30 45 60 25 40 50

1 Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery, boot shaft machinery, belt, buckets, and casings with discharge
spouts. Specify elevator number, discharge height or shaft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks, internal or
external gravity take-ups, drives, feed hoppers, backstops, service platforms and ladders can be furnished.

2 Based on buckets filled to 100% of theoretical capacity. Horsepower directly proportional to volume and weight of
material carried in buckets and belt speed.

3 Head shaft for Series 4000 elevator provided with S-2000 bearing pillow blocks.

22
 E F

Introduction
2.00

& Safety
G

6'-0"

Std Capacity
1000 series
R

B
SHAFT MOUNT
A DRIVE PACKAGE
A A J WITH TORQUE ARM

Std Capacity
2000 series
D
CENTERS
SECTION A-A

DISCHARGE
Q A+4"
HEIGHT

Std Capacity
10'

3000 series
BOOT
INLET

N
K

82”
S

Std Capacity
4000 series
L

M
P
M
P

SIDE VIEW END VIEW

High Capacity
5000 series
High Capacity
6000 series
Table 5 Series 4000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, belt drive
Elevator
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R
Number
4001 13-3/4 39 7 1-1/2 19-1/2 32-1/2 21-1/2 29 10 3 37-1/2 7-3/4 6 16-1/2 7 120

4002 15-3/4 39 9 1-1/2 19-1/2 32-1/2 21-1/2 29 10 3 37-1/2 8-3/4 8 16-1/2 9 120
High Capacity
7000 series

4003 15-3/4 48 9 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 49-1/2 8-3/4 8 21 9 120

4004 17-3/4 48 11 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 49-1/2 9-3/4 10 21 11 120

4005 19-3/4 48 13 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 49-1/2 10-3/4 12 21 13 120

4006 19-3/4 48 13 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 49-1/2 10-3/4 12 21 13 120

4007 21-3/4 48 15 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 51-1/2 11-3/4 14 21 15 120

Accessories
Buckets &

4008 24-3/4 48 17 2 24 40-5/8 27-1/2 33-1/4 15 3 51-1/2 12-3/4 16 21 17 120

Have dimensions verified for installation purposes.

23
 Series 5000 Bucket Elevator
Continuous discharge, dual chain, hi-capacity
1. Head section completely factory assembled.
Split head insures easy access or removal for
maintenance. Spherical roller bearings are
engineered for maximum load requirements,
which reduce friction and insure smooth 1

operation. Head shafts are fixed.

2. Discharge spout, 90° flange and convenient

inspection door are furnished as standard.
45° discharge spout available as an option.

3. ORTHMAN CONVEYING Series 5000 furnished

with continuous buckets discharge using dual
chain – ideal for handling friable, heavy, or
abrasive materials, ranging from fines to large
lumps. Continuous buckets are end-mounted 2

between dual strands of steel roller chain to

combine maximum capacity and long life. Steel 3

loading legs guide material into buckets.

4. Buckets available are made of super-capacity

steel for the continuous discharge elevators,
providing maximum longevity.
4

5. “X” braced casing embossments on our

inspection sections provide exceptional strength,
and dimensional stability. Inspection sections of
continuous seam weldments. Two large
inspection doors provide easy access for
maintenance.

6. Boot sections are completely factory assembled.

Heavy-duty ball bearing pillow blocks are mounted
on acme thread take-ups and adjusted for secure 5
tension on the belt. Clean-out doors on both sides
of boot are bolted to provide easy access inside.
Screw take-ups are standard. Gravity take-ups
(Internal and External) are available as an option.
Drum pulleys for elevator boots are standard with
options for wing pulleys with replaceable wear strips.

Series 5000 industrial elevator for high capacities

feature standard construction of 3/16” plate for the boot
and casing. Head section and discharge spout are
made of 10 gauge; hood section of 12 gauge.
Guy wires not included.

Stainless steel construction of housing, shafts,

buckets, bucket bolts, pulleys and other fabricated 6

parts available for special applications.

24
 Table 1 Series 5000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, dual chain drive
Bucket 2
Capacity5

Introduction
Chain
Elevator Max lump size

& Safety
Number1 Steel Speed
(inches) 4 Cub Ft Tons/Hr3 Tons/Hr3 Tons/Hr3 Tons/Hr
Size Spacing (FPM)3 (50lb/ft (75lb/ft (100lb/ft (125lb/ft3
gauge per Hour material) material) material) material)
5001 12x8-3/4x11-5/8 12 12” 100 6” 2,400 60 90 120 150
5002 14x8-3/4x11-5/8 12 12” 100 6” 2,800 70 105 140 175

Std Capacity
5003 16x8-3/4x11-5/8 12 12” 100 6” 3,200 80 120 160 200

1000 series
5004 18x8-3/4x11-5/8 10 12” 100 6” 3,600 90 135 180 225
5005 20x8-3/4x11-5/8 10 12” 100 6” 4,000 100 150 200 250
5006 16x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 5,600 140 210 280 350
5007 20x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 6,800 170 255 340 425

Std Capacity
2000 series
5008 24x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 8,400 210 315 420 525
5009 30x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 10,000 250 375 500 625
5010 36x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 12,400 310 465 620 775
Larger capacities available; call for details.
Table 2 Series 5000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, dual chain drive

Std Capacity
3000 series
Elevator
Boot Shaft Steel Casing Gauge Approx Weights7
Number1 Casing
Chain
Sprocket Inside Head & Casing, bucket
Number6 Boot Discharge
pitch Diameter Size Hood Intermediate Terminals & chain
Section spout (per ft, centers)
diameter sections
5001 31.36” 2-7/16” RS122P 26” x 54” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 2,874 lb 250 lb

Std Capacity
4000 series
5002 31.36” 2-7/16” RS122P 28” x 54” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 2,922 lb 254 lb
5003 31.36” 2-7/16” RS122P 30” x 54” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 2,982 lb 260 lb
5004 31.36” 2-7/16” RS122P 32” x 54” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 3,038 lb 265 lb
5005 31.36” 2-7/16” RS122P 34” x 54” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 3,039 lb 271 lb
5006 29.12” 2-15/16” RS933P 31” x 60” 12 10 1/4” 3/16” 3,179 lb 289 lb

High Capacity
5000 series
5007 29.12” 2-15/16” RS933P 35” x 60” 12 10 1/4” 3/16” 3,316 lb 301 lb
5008 29.12” 2-15/16” RS933P 39” x 60” 12 10 1/4” 3/16” 3,443 lb 311 lb
5009 29.12” 2-15/16” RS933P 45” x 60” 12 10 1/4” 3/16” 3,637 lb 330 lb
5010 29.12” 2-15/16” RS933P 51” x 60” 12 10 1/4” 3/16” 3,826 lb 346 lb

High Capacity
6000 series
1 Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery, boot shaft machinery, chain, buckets, and casings with loading legs, guide angles,
and discharge spouts. Specify elevator number and shaft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks and take-ups, gravity take-ups,
drives, feed hoppers, service platforms and ladders can be furnished.

2 Super capacity continuous steel buckets.

3 Based on handling mildly abrasive materials. Recommended speed 10% higher for nonabrasive materials and 10% lower for very
abrasive materials.
High Capacity
7000 series

4 Maximum size lumps not to exceed 10% of the total volume and at least 75% of the total volume to be less than one-half of the maxi-
mum lump size. For handling materials containing higher percentages of lumps and for sharp, wedge-shaped and shale-like materials,
inclined boots are recommended.

5 Based on buckets filled to 75% of theoretical capacity. Capacity directly proportional to volume and weight of material carried in buck-
Accessories

ets and chain speed. Free-flowing materials cannot be carried as high in the buckets as heavier or less fluffy materials.
Buckets &

6 In handling extremely abrasive or corrosive materials, consult ORTHMAN CONVEYING for chain recommendations.

7 Terminal weight based on average size head shaft. Weight adjustments necessary if thickness of casing is other than listed above.
Terminal weight includes loading leg, discharge spout and backstop, but not feed hopper. 25
 Table 3 Series 5000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, dual-chain drive
Horsepower at Head Shaft2 Head Shaft3
Material weight
Elevator Sprocket
Number1 50 lb / cub ft 75 lb / cub ft 100 lb / cub ft 125 lb / cub ft Speed
pitch
RPM
Terminals
Per ft
Terminals
Per ft
Terminals
Per ft
Terminals
Per ft diameter
centers centers centers centers
5001 2.04 .08 2.65 .12 3.27 .16 3.91 .20 31.36 12.5
5002 2.23 .09 2.96 .14 3.69 .19 4.46 .24 31.36 12.5
5003 2.46 .11 3.28 .16 4.14 .22 4.98 .27 31.36 12.5
5004 2.65 .12 3.61 .18 4.55 .24 5.51 .30 31.36 12.5
5005 2.87 .13 3.92 .20 5.03 .27 6.07 .34 31.36 12.5
5006 4.00 .19 5.3 .28 6.75 .38 8.14 .47 29.12 16.0
5007 4.83 .23 6.22 .34 7.91 .46 9.65 .57 29.12 16.0
5008 5.30 .28 7.45 .42 9.59 .57 11.74 .71 29.12 16.0
5009 6.38 .34 8.67 .51 11.20 .67 13.78 .84 29.12 16.0
5010 7.30 .42 10.39 .63 13.61 .83 16.75 1.05 29.12 16.0

Table 4 Series 5000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, dual-chain drive

Maximum elevator centers for various-size head shafts
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot

Elevator 50 lb / cub ft 75 lb / cub ft 100 lb / cub ft 125 lb / cub ft

Number1 Head shaft diameter

2-15/16” 3-7/16” 3-15/16” 4-7/16” 2-15/16” 3-7/16” 3-15/16” 4-7/16” 3-7/16” 3-15/16” 4-7/16” 3-7/16” 3-15/16” 4-7/16”

5001 25 40 55 80 20 35 50 70 30 45 60 25 35 50
5002 25 35 55 75 20 30 45 60 25 40 55 20 35 45
5003 20 35 50 70 30 40 60 25 35 50 20 30 45
5004 20 30 45 65 25 40 55 20 30 45 20 25 40
5005 20 30 45 60 25 35 50 20 30 40 25 35
5006 25 40 55 20 30 45 25 35 20 30
5007 20 35 45 25 35 20 30 20 25
5008 20 30 40 25 30 20 25 20
5009 25 35 20 25 20 20 20
5010 20 30 25

1 Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery, boot shaft machinery, chain, buckets, casings with loading legs, guide
angles, and discharge spouts. Specify elevator number, and shaft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks and take-
ups, gravity take-ups, drives, feed hoppers, service platforms and ladders can be furnished.

2 Based on buckets filled to 100% of theoretical capacity. Horsepower directly propor-tional to volume and weight of mate-
rial carried in buckets and chain speed.

3 Head shaft for Series 5000 elevator provided with S-2000 pillow block spherical roller bearings.

26
 E F

Introduction
2.00

& Safety
G

6'-0"

Std Capacity
1000 series
R

B
SHAFT MOUNT
A DRIVE PACKAGE
A A J WITH TORQUE ARM

Std Capacity
2000 series
D
CENTERS
SECTION A-A

DISCHARGE
Q A+4"
HEIGHT

Std Capacity
10'

3000 series
BOOT
INLET

N
K

114”
S

Std Capacity
4000 series
L

M
P
M
P

SIDE VIEW END VIEW

High Capacity
5000 series
Table 5 Series 5000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, dual-chain drive
Elevator

High Capacity
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S
6000 series
Number
5001 26 54 30-3/8 2 27 45-3/4 31 35-3/4 18 0 57 14-7/8 9 24 18 120 96

5002 28 54 32-3/8 2 27 45-3/4 31 35-3/4 18 0 57 15-7/8 9 24 18 120 96

5003 30 54 34-3/8 2 27 45-3/4 31 35-3/4 18 0 57 16-7/8 9 24 18 120 96

5004 32 54 36-3/8 2 27 45-3/4 31 35-3/4 18 0 57 17-7/8 9 24 18 120 96

High Capacity

5005
7000 series

34 54 38-3/8 2 27 45-3/4 31 35-3/4 18 0 57 18-7/8 9 24 18 120 96

5006 31 60 36-1/2 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 34 39-1/2 18 0 78 17-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

5007 35 60 40-1/2 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 34 39-1/2 18 0 78 19-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

5008 39 60 44-1/4 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 34 39-1/2 18 0 78 21-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

5009 45 60 50-1/2 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 34 39-1/2 18 0 78 24-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

Accessories
Buckets &

5010 51 60 56-1/2 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 34 39-1/2 18 0 78 27-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

Have dimensions verified for installation purposes.

27
 Series 6000 Bucket Elevator
Continuous discharge, dual chain, max-capacity
1. Head section completely factory
assembled. Split head insures easy
access or removal for maintenance.
Spherical roller bearings are engineered 1
for maximum load requirements that
reduce friction and insure smooth
operation. Head shafts are fixed.

2. Discharge spout has 90º flange and

convenient inspection door furnished as
standard. 45º discharge spout available
as an option.

3. The ORTHMAN CONVEYING Series 6000

elevators are similar to the ORTHMAN
2
CONVEYING Series 5000 design, except
the ORTHMAN CONVEYING Series 6000
handles greater capacities and have 3

larger centers — for heavy, abrasive

products. Super-capacity cast iron
buckets are mounted on dual strands of
steel roller chain. Internal angles guide
chain.
4

5. “X” braced casing embossments on our

inspection sections provide exceptional
strength, and dimensional stability.
Inspection sections of continuous seam
weldments. Two large inspection doors
provide easy access for maintenance of
chains and buckets.

6. Boot sections are completely factory assembled.

Heavy-duty ball bearing pillow blocks are mounted
5
on acme thread take-ups and adjusted for secure
tension on the belt. Clean-out doors on both sides
of boot are bolted to provide easy access inside.
Screw take-ups are standard. Gravity take-ups
(Internal and External) are available as an option.
Drum pulleys for elevator boots are standard with
options for wing pulleys with replaceable wear strips.

Series 6000 industrial bucket elevators feature 3/16”

plate boots; discharge spout of ¼” plate; head
section and casings of 10 gauge steel; and hood
of 12 gauge. Guy wires are not included.

Stainless steel construction of housing,

shafts, buckets, bucket bolts, pulleys, and
6
other fabricated parts available for special
applications.

28
 Table 1 Series 6000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, dual chain drive

Introduction
Bucket 2
Capacity5

& Safety
Chain
Elevator Max lump size
Number1 Steel Speed
(inches) 4 Cub Ft Tons/Hr3 Tons/Hr3 Tons/Hr3 Tons/Hr
Size Spacing (FPM)3 (50lb/ft (75lb/ft (100lb/ft (125lb/ft3
gauge per Hour material) material) material) material)
6001 16x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 5,600 140 210 280 350
6002 20x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 6,800 170 255 340 425

Std Capacity
1000 series
6003 24x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 8,400 210 315 420 525
6004 30x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 10,000 250 375 500 625
6005 36x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 12,400 310 465 620 775
6006 16x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 5,600 140 210 280 350
6007 20x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 6,800 170 255 340 425

Std Capacity
2000 series
6008 24x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 8,400 210 315 420 525
6009 30x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 10,000 250 375 500 625
6010 36x12-5/8x17-5/8 3/16” 18” 120 8” 12,400 310 465 620 775
Larger capacities available; call for details.
Table 2 Series 6000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, dual chain drive

Std Capacity
3000 series
Boot Shaft Steel Casing Gauge Approx Weights7
Elevator Sprocket Chain Casing Head & Dis- Casing, bucket
Number1 Number6 Inside Size Hood Boot
pitch Diameter Intermediate charge Terminals & chain
Section (per ft, centers)
diameter sections spout
6001 29.12” 2-15/16” RS122P 31” x 60” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 2,874 lb 289 lb

Std Capacity
4000 series
6002 29.12” 2-15/16” RS122P 35” x 60” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 2,922 lb 301 lb
6003 29.12” 2-15/16” RS122P 39” x 60” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 2,982 lb 311 lb
6004 29.12” 2-15/16” RS122P 45” x 60” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 3,038 lb 330 lb
6005 29.12” 2-15/16” RS122P 51” x 60” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 3,039 lb 346 lb
6006 29.12” 2-15/16” S4004 32-1/2” x 60” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 3,179 lb 346 lb

High Capacity
5000 series
6007 29.12” 2-15/16” S4004 36-1/2” x 60” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 3,316 lb 356 lb
6008 29.12” 2-15/16” S4004 40-1/2” x 60” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 3,443 lb 366 lb
6009 29.12” 2-15/16” S4004 46-1/2” x 60” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 3,637 lb 386 lb
6010 29.12” 2-15/16” S4004 52-1/2” x 60” 12 10 3/16” 3/16” 3,826 lb 407 lb

1 Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery, boot shaft machinery, chain, buckets, and casings with loading legs, guide angles,

High Capacity
6000 series
and discharge spouts. Specify elevator number and shaft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks and take-ups, gravity take-ups,
drives, feed hoppers, service platforms and ladders can be furnished.

2 Super capacity continuous steel buckets.

3 Based on handling mildly abrasive materials. Recommended speed 10% higher for nonabrasive materials and 10% lower for very
abrasive materials.
High Capacity
7000 series

4 Maximum size lumps not to exceed 10% of the total volume and at least 75% of the total volume to be less than one-half of the maxi-
mum lump size.

5 Based on buckets filled to 75% of theoretical capacity. Capacity directly proportional to volume and weight of material carried in
buckets and chain speed. Free-flowing materials cannot be carried as high in the buckets as heavier or less fluffy materials.
Accessories
Buckets &

6 In handling extremely abrasive or corrosive materials, consult ORTHMAN CONVEYING for chain recommendations.

7 Terminal weight based on average size head shaft. Weight adjustments necessary if thickness of casing is other than listed above.
Terminal weight includes loading leg, discharge spout and backstop, but not feed hopper.

29
 Table 3 Series 6000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, dual-chain drive
Horsepower at Head Shaft2 Head Shaft3
Material weight
Elevator Sprocket
Number1 50 lb / cub ft 75 lb / cub ft 100 lb / cub ft 125 lb / cub ft Speed
pitch
RPM
Terminals
Per ft cent-
Terminals
Per ft
Terminals
Per ft
Terminals
Per ft diameter
ers centers centers centers

6001 4.54 .19 6.18 .28 7.50 .38 8.85 .47 29.12 16.0
6002 5.36 .23 6.98 .34 8.64 .46 10.32 .57 29.12 16.0
6003 6.22 .28 8.18 .42 10.27 .57 12.31 .71 29.12 16.0
6004 7.04 .34 9.50 .51 11.91 .67 14.27 .84 29.12 16.0
6005 8.17 .42 11.18 .63 14.20 .83 17.35 1.05 29.12 16.0
6006 4.91 .19 6.57 .28 8.22 .38 9.59 .47 29.12 16.0
6007 5.74 .23 7.79 .34 9.43 .46 11.12 .57 29.12 16.0
6008 6.77 .28 9.04 .42 11.01 .57 14.99 .71 29.12 16.0
6009 7.88 .34 10.26 .51 12.71 .67 15.14 .84 29.12 16.0
6010 8.95 .42 11.92 .63 14.99 .83 18.04 1.05 29.12 16.0

Table 4 Series 6000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, dual-chain drive

Maximum elevator centers for various-size head shafts
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot

Elevator 50 lb / cub ft 75 lb / cub ft 100 lb / cub ft 125 lb / cub ft

Number1 Head shaft diameter
4- 5- 5- 6- 4- 5- 5- 6- 4- 5- 5- 6- 4- 5- 5- 6-
7” 7” 7” 7”
15/16” 7/16” 15/16” 1/2” 15/16” 7/16” 15/16” 1/2” 15/16” 7/16” 15/16” 1/2” 15/16” 7/16” 15/16” 1/2”

6001 55 70 90 45 60 80 40 50 80 35 45 60
6002 45 60 90 40 50 70 35 45 70 30 40 50
6003 40 55 75 35 45 60 30 40 60 25 30 40
6004 35 50 65 30 40 50 25 30 50 20 30 35
6005 30 40 55 25 35 45 20 30 45 20 25 30
6006 45 60 80 100 120 40 55 70 80 95 35 45 70 80 95 30 40 55 70 85
6007 40 55 70 90 115 35 45 60 65 85 30 40 60 65 85 25 35 45 60 70
6008 35 50 65 85 105 30 40 55 60 70 25 35 55 60 70 20 30 30 50 60
6009 30 45 55 70 90 25 35 45 50 60 20 30 45 50 60 20 25 35 45 50
6010 30 40 50 65 80 25 30 40 45 50 20 25 40 45 50 20 30 40 45

1 Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery, boot shaft machinery, chain, buckets, casings with loading legs,
guide angles, and discharge spouts. Specify elevator number, and shaft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks and
take-ups, gravity take-ups, drives, feed hoppers, service platforms and ladders can be furnished.

2 Based on buckets filled to 100% of theoretical capacity. Horsepower is directly proportional to volume and weight of
material carried in buckets and chain speed.

3 Head shaft for Series 6000 elevator provided with pillow block spherical roller bearings.

30
 E F

Introduction
2.00

& Safety
G

6'-0"

Std Capacity
1000 series
R

B
SHAFT MOUNT
A DRIVE PACKAGE
A A J WITH TORQUE ARM

Std Capacity
2000 series
D
CENTERS
SECTION A-A

DISCHARGE
Q A+4"
HEIGHT

Std Capacity
10'

3000 series
BOOT
INLET

N
K

72”
S

Std Capacity
4000 series
L

M
P
M
P

SIDE VIEW END VIEW

High Capacity
5000 series
Table 5 Series 6000 Bucket elevators / Continuous buckets, dual-chain drive
Elevator
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S

High Capacity
Number

6000 series
6001 31 60 36-1/2 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 38 37-1/2 18 0 78 17-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

6002 35 40-1/2 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 38 37-1/2 18 0 78 19-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

6003 39 44-1/2 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 38 37-1/2 18 0 78 21-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

6004 45 50-1/2 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 38 37-1/2 18 0 78 24-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

High Capacity

6005 51 56-1/2 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 38 37-1/2 18 0 78 27-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

7000 series

6006 32-1/2 38 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 38 37-1/2 18 0 78 18-1/8 12 27 18 120 114

6007 36-1/2 42 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 38 37-1/2 18 0 78 20-1/8 12 27 18 120 114

6008 40-1/2 46 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 38 37-1/2 18 0 78 22-1/8 12 27 18 120 114

6009 46-1/2 52 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 38 37-1/2 18 0 78 25-1/8 12 27 18 120 114

Accessories
Buckets &

6010 52-1/2 58 2-1/2 30 48-3/4 38 37-1/2 18 0 78 28-1/8 14 27 18 120 114

Have dimensions verified for installation purposes.

31
 Series 7000 Bucket Elevator
Centrifugal discharge, chain drive, high capacity
1. Head section completely factory
assembled. Split head insures easy
access or removal for maintenance.
S-2000 spherical roller bearings are
engineered for maximum load requirements
that reduce friction and insure smooth 1
operation. Head shafts are fixed.

2. Discharge spout has 90o flange and

convenient inspection door furnished as
standard. 45o discharge spout available
as an option.

3. The ORTHMAN CONVEYING Series 7000 2

— cement mill duty — has discharge.
Style AC buckets with hooded design are
used. The super-capacity steel buckets 3
are welded at spaced intervals on single
strand SS bushed steel chain for
maximum strength and life.

5. “X” braced casing embossments on our

4
inspection sections provide exceptional
strength, and dimensional stability.
Inspection sections of continuous seam
weldments. Two large inspection doors
provide easy access for cleaning and
maintenance of chains and buckets.

6. Boot sections are completely factory assembled.

Heavy-duty ball bearing pillow blocks are mounted
on acme thread take-ups and adjusted for secure
tension on the belt. Clean-out doors on both sides
of boot are bolted to provide easy access inside.
Screw take-ups are standard. Gravity take-ups
5
(Internal and External) are available as an option.
Drum pulleys for elevator boots are standard with
options for wing pulleys with replaceable wear strips.

Series 7000 industrial elevators with high capacities

(ideal for cement mills) feature standard construction
of ¼” plate boots and discharge spout; head section and
casings of 10 gauge steel; and hood of 12 gauge.
Guy wires are not included.

Stainless steel construction of housing,

shafts, buckets, bucket bolts, pulleys, and
other fabricated parts available for special
applications. 6

32
Table 1 Series 7000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal buckets, chain drive

Introduction
Max lump size

& Safety
Type AC Bucket Capacity2
Chain (inches)
Elevator
Speed
Number1 100% 10% Cub Ft per Tons/Hr3 Tons/Hr Tons/Hr Tons/Hr
Spacing (FPM)
4
Size (50lb/ft (75lb/ft3 (100lb/ft3 (125lb/ft3
lumps lumps Hour material)4 material) material) material)
7001 12x8 19” 250 1-1/2” 2” 2,000 50 75 100 125

Std Capacity
1000 series
7002 16x8 18” 250 1-1/2” 2” 2,800 70 105 140 175
7003 16x8 12” 250 1-1/2” 2” 4,200 105 157 210 262
7004 18x10 18” 250 1-1/2” 2-1/2” 4,600 115 172 230 287
7005 18x10 18” 250 1-1/2” 2-1/2” 4,600 225 172 230 287
7006 18x10 12” 250 1-1/2” 2-1/2” 6,900 272 258 345 430

Std Capacity
2000 series
7007 18x10 12” 250 1-1/2” 2-1/2” 6,900 172 258 345 430
7008 24x10 18” 250 1-1/2” 2-1/2” 6,350 159 238 317 397
7009 24x10 12” 250 1-1/2” 2-1/2” 9,500 238 356 475 594
7010 27x12 21” 250 1-1/2” 3” 8,500 213 319 425 532
7011 27x12 14” 250 1-1/2” 3” 12,750 318 477 635 795

Std Capacity
3000 series
Larger capacities available; call for details.

Table 2 Series 7000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal buckets, chain drive

Approx
Boot Shaft Steel Casing Gauge
Elevator Number1

Weights5
Traction Chain &

Std Capacity
Casing, bucket &
Sprocket
Head & Interme-

Discharge spout

4000 series
(per ft, centers)
diate sections
Wheel

Boot Section

Terminals
attachment Casing Size
Diam-
Hood

chain
Teeth P.D. O.D. P.D. number
eter

7001 2-7/16” 16 24.4” 22” 23.5” 6111M-K2 19-3/4”X55-1/2” 12 10 1/4” 1/4” 3,015 156

High Capacity
5000 series
7002 2-15/16” 13 25.07” 22” 23.75” 6856M-K3 23-3/4”X55-1/2” 12 10 1/4” 1/4” 3,325 188
7003 2-15/16” 13 25.07” 22” 23.75” 6856M-K3 23-3/4”X55-1/2” 12 10 1/4” 1/4” 3,390 217
7004 2-15/16” 13 25.07” 22” 23.75” 6856M-K3 25-3/4”X64” 12 10 1/4” 1/4” 4,065 230
7005 2-15/16” 13 25.07” 22” 24.38” 6869R-K44 25-3/4”X64” 12 10 1/4” 1/4” 4,255 278
7006 2-15/16” 13 25.07” 22” 23.75” 6867R-K44 25-3/4”X64” 12 10 1/4” 1/4” 4,455 292

High Capacity
6000 series
7007 2-15/16” 13 25.07” 22” 24.38” 6869R-K44 32-3/4”X64” 12 10 1/4” 1/4” 4,630 329
7008 2-15/16” 13 25.07” 22” 24.38” 6869R-K44 32-3/4”X64” 12 10 1/4” 1/4” 4,880 315
7009 2-15/16” 13 25.07” 22” 24.38” 6869R-K44 32-3/4”X64” 12 10 1/4” 1/4” 5,105 380
7010 2-15/16” 11 24.76” 22” 24.38” 6864R-K44 35-3/4”X68” 12 10 1/4” 1/4” 5,340 318
7011 2-15/16” 11 24.76” 22” 24.38” 6864R-K44 35-3/4”X68” 12 10 1/4” 1/4” 5,875 382
High Capacity
7000 series

1 Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery with sprocket, boot shaft machinery with traction wheel, gravity take-
up, chain, buckets, and casing with discharge spout. Specify elevator number, discharge height or shaft centers. Drives,
feed hoppers, backstops, service platforms and ladders can be furnished.

2 Capacity based on buckets filled to 75% of theoretical capacity. Horsepower based on buckets filled to 100% of theo-
Accessories

retical capacity. Capacity and horsepower directly proportional to volume and weight of material carried in buckets and
Buckets &

chain speed.

3 Terminal weight based on an average size head shaft. Weight adjustment necessary if thickness of casing is other than
listed above. Terminal weight includes loading leg, discharge spout and backstop, but not feed hopper.
33
 Table 3 Series 7000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal buckets, chain drive
Horsepower at Head Shaft2
Head Shaft3
Material weight
50 lb / cub ft 75 lb / cub ft 100 lb / cub ft 125 lb / cub ft Sprocket Traction Wheel
Elevator

Per ft centers

Per ft centers

Per ft centers

Per ft centers
Number1
Terminals

Terminals

Terminals

Terminals
No. P.D. P.D.
RPM O.D. RPM
Teeth inches inches

7001 2.07 .068 2.95 .103 3.82 .137 4.69 .171 18 27.41 36 26 27.5 36
7002 3.04 .098 4.32 .147 5.61 .196 6.91 .245 14 26.96 36 26 27.75 35
7003 4.45 .147 6.38 .220 8.32 .294 10.23 .367 14 26.96 36 26 27.75 35
7004 4.69 .157 6.76 .235 8.83 .313 10.9 .392 15 28.86 34 26 27.75 35
7005 4.92 .157 6.97 .235 9.05 .313 11.12 .392 15 28.86 34 26 28.38 34
7006 7.02 .235 10.13 .352 13.25 .469 16.13 .579 15 28.86 34 26 27.75 35
7007 7.18 .235 10.30 .352 13.4 .469 16.30 .579 15 28.86 34 26 28.38 34
7008 6.56 .215 9.4 .322 12.23 .430 15.03 .536 15 28.86 34 26 28.38 34
7009 9.68 .322 13.93 .483 18.2 .644 22.40 .805 15 28.86 34 26 28.38 34
7010 8.85 .306 12.83 .458 16.65 .610 20.75 .765 13 29.16 33 26 28.38 34
7011 13.10 .459 19.05 .687 25.00 .918 31.00 1.148 13 29.16 33 26 28.38 34

Table 4 Series 7000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal buckets, chain drive

Maximum elevator centers for various-size head shafts
Elevator Number1

Material weight, pounds per cubic foot

50 lb / cub ft 75 lb / cub ft 100 lb / cub ft 125 lb / cub ft
3-15/16”

3-15/16”

3-15/16”

3-15/16”
2-15/16”

2-15/16”

2-15/16”

2-15/16”
3-7/16”

3-7/16”

3-7/16”

3-7/16”
4-7/16”

4-7/16”

4-7/16”

4-7/16”
2-7/16”

2-7/16”

2-7/16”

2-7/16”
7001 35 60 80 30 55 80 25 45 75 80 25 45 70
7002 60 80 50 75 80 50 70 80 45 65 80
7003 40 60 35 55 70 35 50 60 30 45 55
5-15/16”

5-15/16”

5-15/16”

5-15/16”
3-15/16”

3-15/16”

3-15/16”

3-15/16”
4-15/16”

4-15/16”

4-15/16”

4-15/16”
5-7/16”

5-7/16”

5-7/16”

5-7/16”
4-7/16”

4-7/16”

4-7/16”

4-7/16”
6-1/2”

6-1/2”

6-1/2”

7004 55 80 50 70 45 60 45 50 6-1/2”
7005 45 60 80 40 55 70 80 35 50 65 80 35 50 60 70 80
7006 35 55 65 70 30 50 60 30 45 50 30 40 45
7007 35 45 60 80 30 40 55 70 80 25 40 50 60 75 25 35 45 50 65 65
7008 40 55 70 80 40 50 65 80 35 45 60 75 80 35 45 55 70 75
7009 30 40 55 70 75 30 35 50 60 65 25 30 45 55 25 30 40 45 50
7010 35 40 65 80 35 45 55 70 80 30 40 50 60 70 25 35 40 50 60
7011 25 35 45 60 70 25 30 40 50 55 25 35 35 45 20 25 30 35

1 Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery with sprockets, boot shaft machinery with traction wheel. Gravity take-up,
chain, buckets and casing with discharge spout. Specify elevator number, discharge height or shaft centers. Drive, feed hoppers,
backstops, service platforms and ladders can be furnished.

2 Capacity based on buckets filled to 75% of theoretical capacity. Horsepower based on buckets filled to 100% of theoretical
capacity. Capacity and horsepower directly proportional to volume & weight of material carried in buckets & chain speed.
34
 E F

Introduction
2.00

& Safety
G

6'-0"

Std Capacity
1000 series
R

B
SHAFT MOUNT
A DRIVE PACKAGE
A A J WITH TORQUE ARM

Std Capacity
2000 series
D
CENTERS
SECTION A-A

DISCHARGE
Q A+4"
HEIGHT

Std Capacity
10'

3000 series
BOOT
INLET

N
K

72”
S

Std Capacity
4000 series
L

M
P
M
P

SIDE VIEW END VIEW

High Capacity
5000 series
Table 5 Series 7000 Bucket elevators / Centrifugal buckets, chain drive
Elevator
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S
Number

High Capacity
7001 19-3/4 55-1/2 24-3/4 2-1/2 28 46 36 45 17 1 53 11-1/8 12 27 18 120 114

6000 series
7002 23-3/4 55-1/2 28-3/4 2-1/2 28 46 36 45 17 1 53 13-1/8 12 27 18 120 114

7003 23-3/4 55-1/2 28-3/4 2-1/2 28 46 36 45 17 1 53 13-1/8 12 27 18 120 114

7004 25-3/4 64 31-3/4 3 32-1/4 51 40 49 17 2 60 14-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

7005 25-3/4 64 31-3/4 3 32-1/4 51 40 49 18 2 60 14-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

High Capacity

7006
7000 series

25-3/4 64 31-3/4 3 32-1/4 51 40 49 18 2 60 14-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

7007 25-3/4 64 31-3/4 3 32-1/4 51 40 49 18 2 60 14-3/8 12 27 18 120 114

7008 32-3/4 64 38-3/8 3 32-1/4 51 40 49 18 2 60 17-7/8 12 27 18 120 114

7009 32-3/4 64 38-3/8 3 32-1/4 51 40 49 18 2 60 17-7/8 12 27 18 120 114

7010 35-3/4 68 41-3/4 3 32-1/4 51 41-1/2 50 18 2 60 19-3/8 14 27 18 120 114

Accessories
Buckets &

7011 32-3/4 68 41-3/4 3 32-1/4 51 41-1/2 50 18 2 60 19-3/8 14 27 18 120 114

Have dimensions verified for installation purposes.

35
 Service Platforms
Ladders & safety cages
Standard service platforms
with ladders and safety cages
are available for all of the
bucket elevators in this book.
Platforms provide ready
access to drives and head
terminals for inspection,
lubrication and servicing.
Each platform is made to
suit your installation. It is
supported by the elevator
casing and extends around
three sides of the elevator.
Flooring for the platform may
be either steel grating, safety
steel plate, or wood.
Safety cages are recommended
for all ladders.
Ladders and cages are made
to conform to local safety
codes.

A Elevator Avg A B C D
casing 1 weight
inside size
9-3/4x35 430 68 76 35-1/4 38
11-3/4x35 435 68 76 35-1/4 38
D 11-3/4x39 440 72 76 39-1/4 38
11-3/4x42 450 75 76 42-1/4 38
13-3/4x39 445 72 78 39-1/4 39
13-3/4x42 455 75 78 42-1/4 39
13-3/4x48 480 81 80 48-1/4 40
B
C 15-3/4x42 480 82 82 42-1/4 41
15-3/4x48 485 81 82 48-1/4 41
15-3/4x54 490 87 82 54-1/4 41
17-3/4x48 487 81 84 48-1/4 42
D 17-3/4x54 505 87 84 54-1/4 42
19-3/4x48 495 81 86 48-1/4 43
19-3/4x54 515 87 86 54-1/4 43
20-1/2x30 450 63 86-3/4 30-1/4 43-3/8
21-3/4x48 505 81 88 48-1/4 44
NOTES: 22-1/2x30 460 63 88-3/4 30-1/4 44-3/8
1 Platforms for other than listed sizes can be furnished.
22-3/4x54 540 87 89-1/4 54-1/4 44-5/8
Have dimensions certified for installation purposes. 24-1/2x30 470 63 90 30-1/4 45
28-1/2x42 520 82 94 42-1/4 47
Platforms are regularly furnished with steel frames and
30-1/2x42 530 82 96 42-1/4 48
handrails. Flooring, toe plates, ladders and safety cages
can be furnished. 32-1/2x42 540 82 98 42-1/4 49
34-1/2x42 550 82 100 42-1/4 50
38-1/2x42 590 82 104 42-1/4 52
36
Elevator Buckets

Introduction
& Safety
Std Capacity
1000 series
Cast Iron Elevator Buckets

Std Capacity
2000 series
Std Capacity
3000 series
AC
AA

FEATURES: BENEFITS:
• Mill duty, thick walls and reinforced corners. • Long wearing digging edge
• Wear and high impact resistant • Stronger than steel of the same gauge
• Uniform wall thickness • Smooth surface to ensure proper filling

Std Capacity
4000 series
• Application up to 600 degrees • Strong impact and abrasion resistance
• Available in heat treated for more durability for long life.
• Vent holes in bottom of bucket releases trapped
air for better filling and discharging (on request)
• Designed to handle sand, glass cullet, stone, shot
blast, rock, concrete, and other abrasive products

High Capacity
5000 series
Capacity (ft3) Max lump size when lumps is:
M-L L P D Wall
Weight Gross Under Over
Item No. Length Projection Depth thickness H2O X-X 10-75%
X-Y 10% 75%
4”x3” AA 4” 2-3/4” 3” 5/64 2lb .006 .01 1-3/4” 1” 1-1/2”

High Capacity
6”x4” AA 6” 4” 4-1/4” 3/32 3lb .018 .03 2-1/2” 2” 2”

6000 series
8”x5” AA 8” 5” 5-1/2” 3/32 6lb .042 .07 3” 2-1/2” 1-1/4”
10”x6” AA 10” 6” 6-1/4” 7/64 10lb .072 .12 3-1/2” 3” 1-1/2”
12x7” AA 12” 7” 7-1/4” 9/64 13lb .114 .19 4” 3-1/2” 1-3/4”
12”x8” AC 12” 8” 8-1/2” 7/16 28lb .210 .28 - - -
14”x7” AA 14” 7” 7-1/4” 9/64 18lb .138 .23 4” 3-1/2” 1-3/4”
High Capacity
7000 series

14”x8” AA 14” 8” 8-1/2” 11/64 23lb .180 .30 4-1/2” 4” 2”

16”x8” AA 16” 8” 8-1/2” 11/64 25lb .204 .34 4-1/2” 4” 2”
16”x8” AC 16” 8” 8-1/2” 7/16 34lb .280 .38 - - -
18”x8” AA 18” 8” 8-1/2” 3/16 30lb .234 .39 4-1/2” 4” 2”
Accessories

18”x8” AC 18” 10” 10-1/2” 1/2 52lb .490 .62 - - -

Buckets &

18”x10” AA 18” 10” 10-1/2” 13/64 39lb .366 .61 5” 4-1/2” 2-1/4”

37
 SC Welded steel For 6000 and 7000 series elevators
Bucket Size Weight (lb) Capacity (ft3)

Angle distance
• Mounted between two strands of chain

Projection “P”

Filled to X-X

Filled to X-Y
Length “L”

10 ga steel
Depth “D”

3/16” steel

5/16” steel
1/4” steel
• Suitable for the heaviest materials

“A”
• Designed for super capacity elevators
• Typical in asphalt and concrete applications
• Design offers increased capacity
• Options: carbon, plated, stainless steel, AR plate,
wear lips, hardened surfaces and hard bead weld 12” 8-3/4” 11-5/8” 4-9/16” 22 29 39 49 .35 .54
14” 8-3/4” 11-5/8” 4-9/16” 23 31 41 51 .41 .63
16” 8-3/4” 11-5/8” 4-9/16” 25 34 45 56 .46 .72
16” 12” 17-5/8” 6-1/2” 43 58 76 95 1.11 1.55
18” 8-3/4” 11-5/8” 4-9/16” 27 36 48 60 .52 .81
20” 8-3/4” 11-5/8” 4-9/16” 29 39 52 65 .58 .9
20” 12” 17-5/8” 6-1/2” 49 67 88 110 1.4 1.94
24” 12” 17-5/8” 6-1/2” 55 75 104 130 1.68 2.33
30” 12” 17-5/8” 6-1/2” 65 88 117 146 2.11 2.91
36” 12” 17-5/8” 6-1/2” 73 99 132 165 2.53 3.49

MF Welded steel For 3000 and 4000 series elevators

Bucket Size Weight (lb) Capacity (ft3)
Angle distance

• Continuous discharge for gentler handling

Projection “P”

Filled to X-X

Filled to X-Y
Length “L”

10 ga steel
Depth “D”

3/16” steel

5/16” steel
1/4” steel

• Mounted on chain or belt

“A”

• Suitable for fluffy and free-flowing materials or

materials requiring gentler handling
• Options: carbon, plated, stainless steel, AR plate,
wear lips, hardened surfaces and hard bead weld
12” 8-3/4” 11-5/8” 4-9/16” 22 29 39 49 .35 .54
14” 8-3/4” 11-5/8” 4-9/16” 23 31 41 51 .41 .63
16” 8-3/4” 11-5/8” 4-9/16” 25 34 45 56 .46 .72
16” 12” 17-5/8” 6-1/2” 43 58 76 95 1.11 1.55
18” 8-3/4” 11-5/8” 4-9/16” 27 36 48 60 .52 .81
20” 8-3/4” 11-5/8” 4-9/16” 29 39 52 65 .58 .9
20” 12” 17-5/8” 6-1/2” 49 67 88 110 1.4 1.94
24” 12” 17-5/8” 6-1/2” 55 75 104 130 1.68 2.33
30” 12” 17-5/8” 6-1/2” 65 88 117 146 2.11 2.91
36” 12” 17-5/8” 6-1/2” 73 99 132 165 2.53 3.49

38
AA bucket For 1000 and 2000 series elevators
Capacity

Introduction
Bucket Size Weight (lb)

& Safety
(ft3)
• Available cast iron, ductele iron, nylon or urethan

Projection “P”
• Thick reinforced lip for abrasion resistance

Filled to X-X

Filled to X-Y
Length “L”

10 ga steel
12 ga steel
Depth “D”

3/16” steel

1/4” steel
• Resistant to distortion from scooping heavy
or packed materials
• Typical in sand, glass, or gravel

Std Capacity
1000 series
• Mounted on chain or belt
• Options: carbon, plated, stainless steel,
AR plate, wear lips, hardened surfaces, 4” 2-3/4” 3” 1.15 1.48 1.95 .006 .009
and hard bead weld. 5” 3-1/2” 3-3/4” 1.81 2.33 3.15 .013 .022
6” 4” 4-1/4” 2.35 3.02 3.96 5.27 .020 .032
7” 4-1/2” 5” 3.17 4.08 5.35 7.12 .034 .051

Std Capacity
2000 series
8” 5” 5-1/2” 4.15 5.33 7.06 9.39 .047 .072
10” 6” 6-1/4” 5.73 7.37 9.79 13.02 .076 .120
11” 6” 6-1/4” 6.16 7.93 10.46 13.91 .084 .133
12” 6” 6-1/4” 6.6 8.49 11.29 15.02 .091 .145
12” 7” 7-1/4” 8.11 10.42 13.93 18.53 .124 .199

Std Capacity
3000 series
14” 7” 7-1/4” 11.72 15.70 20.88 .145 .232
14” 8” 8-1/2” 13.9 18.64 24.80 .202 .316
15” 7” 7-1/4” 12.37 16.58 22.05 .155 .248
16” 7” 7-1/4” 13.03 17.47 23.24 .165 .265
16” 8” 8-1/2” 15.41 20.67 27.49 .231 .362
18” 8” 8-1/2” 16.92 22.7 30.19 .260 .407

Std Capacity
4000 series
10-
18” 10” 21.48 28.88 38.41 .336 .632
1/12”
20” 8” 8-1/2” 18.42 24.74 32.9 .289 .452
24” 8” 8-1/2” 21.43 28.91 38.32 .347 .543

High Capacity
5000 series
AC Welded steel For 7000 series elevators
Bucket Size
Bucket Capacity
Weight1 (ft3)
• High front for greater capacity
• Hooded back for closer spacing
Projection “P”

High Capacity
6000 series
Filled to X-X

Filled to X-Y
Length “L”

Depth “D”

3/16” steel

1/4” steel

• Typical in cement, gypsum, and

other powery materials
• Venting available for clean filling / discharge
• Mounted on chain or belt
• Options: Carbon, plated, stainless steel,
AR plate, wear lips, hardended surfaces, 12” 8” 8-1/2” 18.25 24.3 .231 .303
High Capacity

and hard bead welded 14” 8” 8-1/2” 20.3 27 .271 .356

7000 series

16” 8” 8-1/2” 22.48 29.98 .311 .408

18” 10” 10-1/2” 31.15 38.95 .488 .691
20” 10” 10-1/2” 33.69 42.10 .542 .768
24” 10” 10-1/2” 39.67 52.69 .651 .921
Accessories
Buckets &

27” 12” 12-1/2” 53.84 71.46 1.072 1.474

1 Weights do not include bolt-reinforcing plates,
recommended if less than 8 bolts are used.
Bent holes are option in style AC buckets
39
 Bucket punching for belts
B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B
F
D
B B B B B B

Punching P1 Punching P2 Punching P3 Punching P4 Punching P5 Punching P7 Punching P8 Punching P9

Type HFO & MLF continuous elevator buckets Type AA & AA-RB discharge elevator buckets
Bucket size, Nominal

Punching
Inches
Belt width

Bolt
Punching

inches

width
Belt
bucket length, B D F
Projec- inches size
Length Depth Bolt
L
tion
D B D F
P size 3 P1 4 1-3/8 - 1/4 3/4
8 5 7-3/4 P7 9-10 3 1 1/4 3-3/8 4 P1 5 2-5/16 - 1/4 3/4
8 5 8-1/2 P7 9-10 3 1 1/4 3-3/4 5 P1 6 3-3/16 - 1/4 1
9 6 9-1/4 P7 10 3 1 1/4 4-1/8 6 P1 7-8 4-3/8 - 1/4 1
10 5 7-3/4 P7 11-12 3-1/2 1 5/16 3-3/8 7 P2 8 2-1/2 - 1/4 1
10 5 8-1/2 P7 11-12 3-1/2 1 5/16 3-3/4 8 P7 9-10 3 1 1/4 1
10 6 9-1/4 P7 11-12 3-1/2 1 5/16 4-1/8 9 P7 10 3 1 1/4 7/8
10 6 10 P7 11-12 3-1/2 1 5/16 4-1/2 10 P7 11-12 3-1/2 1 5/16 7/8
10 7 11-5/8 P7 11-12 3-1/2 1 5/16 5-5/16 11 P7 12 4 1 5/16 7/8
10 7 12-1/2 P7 11-12 3-1/2 1 5/16 4-1/8 12 P7 13-14 4-1/2 1 5/16 7/8
10 8 11-5/8 P7 11-12 3-1/2 1 5/16 5-5/16 13 P8 14 3-1/2 1 5/16 7/8
11 6 9-1/4 P7 12 4 1 5/16 4-1/8 14 P8 15-16 4 1 5/16 7/8
12 5 7-3/4 P7 13-14 4-1/2 1 5/16 3-3/8 15 P8 16 4 1 5/16 7/8
12 6 9-1/4 P7 13-14 4-1/2 1 5/16 4-1/8 16 P8 18 4-1/2 1 5/16 7/8
12 6 10 P7 13-14 4-1/2 1 5/16 4-1/2 17 P8 18 4-1/2 1 5/16 7/8
12 7 11-5/8 P7 13-14 4-1/2 1 5/16 5-5/16 18 P8 20 5 1 5/16 7/8
12 7 11-3/4 P7 13-14 4-1/2 1 5/16 5-3/8 19 P9 20 4 1 5/16 7/8
12 7 12-1/2 P7 13-14 4-1/2 1 5/16 5-3/4 20 P9 22 4 1 5/16 7/8
12 8 11-5/8 P7 13-14 4-1/2 1 5/16 5-5/16 21 P9 22 4-1/2 1 5/16 7/8
12 8 12-1/2 P7 13-14 4-1/2 1 5/16 5-3/4 22 P9 24 4-1/2 1 5/16 7/8
14 7 11-5/8 P8 15-16 4 1 5/16 5-5/16 23 P9 24 5 1 5/16 7/8
14 7 12-1/2 P8 15-16 4 1 5/16 5-3/4 24 P9 26 5 1 5/16 7/8
14 8 11-5/8 P8 15-16 4 1 5/16 5-5/16
14 8 11-3/4 P8 15-16 4 1 5/16 5-3/8
14 8 12-1/2 P8 15-16 4 1 5/16 5-3/4
Have all dimensions certified for installation purpos-
16 7 11-3/4 P8 18 4-1/2 1 5/16 5-3/8
es.
16 8 11-5/8 P8 18 4-1/2 1 5/16 5-5/16
16 8 12-1/2 P8 18 4-1/2 1 5/16 5-3/4
16 12 17-5/8 P8 18 4-1/2 1 5/16 8-5/16
16 12 18-5/8 P8 18 4-1/2 1 5/16 8-13/16
18 8 11-5/8 P8 20 5 1 5/16 5-5/16
18 10 15 P9 20 5 1 5/16 7
20 8 11-5/8 P9 22 4 1 5/16 5-5/16
20 12 17-5/8 P9 22 4 1 5/16 8-5/16
20 12 18-5/8 P9 22 4 1 5/16 8-13/16
24 10 11-5/8 P9 26 5 1 5/16 5-5/16
24 12 17-5/8 P9 26 5 1 5/16 8-5/16
24 12 18-5/8 P9 26 5 1 5/16 5-13/16

40
 Bucket punching for chains

Introduction
& Safety
B
B B 7”
F
D

Punching P1 Punching P10 Punching P13

Std Capacity
1000 series
Centrifugal discharge elevator buckets on K attachments
Nominal bucket size, inches

Punching
Chain
Bolt
attachment Types AA, AA-RB Type AC Type SC B D F

Std Capacity
size

2000 series
number
MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX
77-K1 6x4 10x6 - - 8x6 10x8 P1 3 - 1/4 1
77-K2 6x4 10x6 - - 8x6 10x8 P10 3 13/16 1/4 1
C 77-K1 6x4 10x6 - - 8x6 10x8 P1 3 - 3/8 1
78-K1 6x4 10x6 - - 8x6 10x8 P1 3-3/8 - 1/4 3/4

Std Capacity
3000 series
H 78-K1 6x4 12x6 - - 8x6 12x8 P1 4 - 3/8 1
H 78-K2 6x4 12x6 - - 8x6 12x8 P10 4 1-1/8 3/8 5/8
C 102B-K2 8x5 16x7 - - 8x6 16x8 P10 5-5/16 1-3/4 3/8 3/4
SS 102B-K2 7x4-1/2 16x7 - - 8x6 16x8 P10 5-5/16 1-3/4 3/8 3/4
C 102-1/2 K2 8x5 16x7 - - 8x6 16x8 P10 5-5/16 1-3/4 1/2 3/4
SS 102-1/2 K2 8x5 16x7 - - 8x6 16x8 P10 5-5/16 1-3/4 1/2 3/4

Std Capacity
4000 series
C 110-K2 8x5 16x8 - - 8x6 16x8 P10 5-5/16 1-3/4 3/8 7/8
SS 110-K2 8x5 16x8 - - 8x6 16x8 P10 5-5/16 1-3/4 3/8 3/4
C 111-K2 9x6 18x8 - - 8x6 16x8 P10 6-1/4 2-5/16 1/2 3/4
SS 111-K2 10x6 18x8 - - 10x8 16x8 P10 6-1/4 2-5/16 1/2 3/4
C 132-K2 12x6 20x8 - - 10x8 16x8 P10 7-1/2 2-3/4 1/2 1
188-K1 6x4 12x6 - - 12x8 16x8 P1 3-3/4 - 3/8 1

High Capacity
5000 series
C 188-K2 6x4 14x7 - - 8x6 12x8 P10 4-3/16 1-1/4 3/16 3/4
SS 188-K1 6x4 12x6 - - 8x6 14x8 P1 3-3/4 - 3/8 1
SS 188-K2 8x5 14x7 - - 8x6 12x8 P10 4-3/16 1-1/4 5/16 3/4
SS 856-K2 10x6 18x10 - - 10x8 14x8 P10 6-5/16 2-1/4 1/2 1
SS 856-K24 - - 18x10 24x10 16x8 P10 7-1/4 2-1/2 3/8 5-1/4
SS 2857-K44 - - 18x10 24x10 P13 12 3-1/2 1/2 1-3/8

High Capacity
6000 series
B
Continous elevator buckets on K attachments
F
Chain attachment # Punching B D Bolt size G
D
C 102B-K2 P10 5-5/16 1-3/4 3/8 1-7/8
SS 102B-K2 P10 5-5/16 1-3/4 3/8 1-7/8
Punching P10
High Capacity

C 102-1/2 -K2 P10 5-5/16 1-3/4 1/2 1-7/8

7000 series

SS 102-1/2 -K2 P10 5-5/16 1-3/4 1/2 1-7/8

C 110-K2 P10 5-5/16 1-3/4 3/8 3-3/8
SS 110-K2 P10 5-5/16 1-3/4 3/8 3-3/8
C 111-K2 P10 6-1/4 2-5/16 1/2 2-3/32
SS 111-K2 P10 6-1/4 2-5/16 1/2 2-3/32
Accessories
Buckets &

C 132-K2 P10 7-1/2 2-3/4 1/2 2-7/8

SS 150plus-K2 P10 7-1/2 2-3/4 1/2 2-7/8
SS 856-K2 P10 6-5/16 2-3/4 3/8 3-1/8
41
 Data Requirements Drive system
Date Check if supplied by other:

Name Gear motor O-shaft mount reducer

Telephone Size gear motor Shaft mount reducer

Destination Motor HP

Elevator Requirements Motor frame no.

Material V-belt size

Weight (lb/ft3) Roller chain/sprocket size

Temp (oF) Guard Casing

Max lump size Casing type

Capacity or feed rate (TPH) Service

(8, 12, 24 hr, etc)

Surge capacity or feed rate (TPH) Drive assembly LH RH

(when viewing discharge)

Material characteristics Hold Back Integral External

(sticky, free-flowing, etc) (if req)

How is elevator fed? Options

Operating conditions Dust-tight casing Weather-tight casing
(8, 12, 24 hr, etc)

Elevator Specifications Galvanized casing Stainless steel casing

Elevator Number Galvanized buckets Stainless steel buckets

Drive type Standard inlet Special inlet (furnish sketch)

Take-up location Head Boot Service platform Checkered plate floor
(circle one)

Discharge style Type 1 Type 2 Ladder length

(circle one) ft & inches, extend 3’ above platform

Lift Distance Feet Inches Safety cage length

ft & inches, starts 7’ above ladder base

Shaft Centers Feet Inches Internal gravity takeup External gravity takeup

Head shaft diameter Access door in boot Access door inter. section

Bearing type Access door specific location

Inspection door Near side Far side No. additional access door(s)
(circle one)

Drive support Yes No Add’l access door(s) location

Curved boot plate Head takeup furnished as standard

Extra heavy gauge (specify:)

Head traction wheel Segmental rim wheel

Clean up hopper: Head Foot

Air vents drilled in buckets Slat wing pulley

Other bucket type (specify)

42
 BELT CONVEYOR
CATALOG

Phone: (308) 324-7591 Fax: (308) 324-7549

TOLL FREE:
sales@conveyusa.com www.conveyusa.com
1-877-664-2687
 CEMA Document: SC 2004-01

WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDERS FOR

SCREW , DRAG , AND BUCKET ELEVATOR CONVEYORS
APPROVED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY THE SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF THE
CONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA)
It is the responsibility of the contractor,
installer, owner and user to install,
maintain and operate the conveyor,
components and, conveyor assemblies in
such a manner as to comply with the
Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and
Health Act and with all state and local laws
and ordinances and the American National
Standards Institute (ANSI) B20.1 Safety
Code.
In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous
condition, the assemblies or parts must
be installed and operated in accordance
with the following minimum provisions.
1. Conveyors shall not be operated
unless all covers and/or guards for the
conveyor and drive unit are in place. If
the conveyor is to be opened for
inspection cleaning, maintenance or
observation, the electric power to the
motor driving the conveyor must be
LOCKED OUT in such a manner that
the conveyor cannot be restarted by
anyone; however remote from the area,
until conveyor cover or guards and
drive guards have been properly
replaced.
2. If the conveyor must have an open
housing as a condition of its use and
application, the entire conveyor is then
to be guarded by a railing or fence in
accordance with ANSI standard
B20.1.(Request current edition and
addenda)
3. Feed openings for shovel, front
loaders or other manual or mechanical
equipment shall be constructed in such
a way that the conveyor opening is
covered by a grating. If the nature of
the material is such that a grating
cannot be used, then the exposed
section of the conveyor is to be guarded
by a railing or fence and there shall be
a warning sign posted.
4. Do not attempt any maintenance or
repairs of the conveyor until power has
been LOCKED OUT.
5. Always operate conveyor in
accordance with these instructions and
those contained on the caution labels
affixed to the equipment.
6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part
of your body, in the conveyor.
7. Never walk on conveyor covers,
grating or guards.
8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose
other than that for which it was
intended.
9. Do not poke or prod material into the
conveyor with a bar or stick inserted
through the openings.
10. Keep area around conveyor drive
and control station free of debris and
obstacles.
11. Eliminate all sources of stored
energy (materials or devices that could
cause conveyor components to move
without power applied) before opening
the conveyor
12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed
conveyor until power has been
LOCKED OUT.
13. Do not attempt field modification of
conveyor or components.
14. Conveyors are not normally
manufactured or designed to handle
materials that are hazardous to
personnel. These materials which are
hazardous include those that are
explosive, flammable, toxic or
otherwise dangerous to personnel.
Conveyors may be designed to handle
these materials. Conveyors are not
manufactured or designed to comply
with local, state or federal codes for
unfired pressure vessels. If hazardous
materials are to be conveyed or if the
conveyor is to be subjected to internal
or external pressure, manufacturer
should be consulted prior to any
modifications.
CEMA insists that disconnecting and
locking out the power to the motor driving
the unit provides the only real protection
against injury. Secondary safety devices
are available; however, the decision as to
their need and the type required must be
made by the owner-assembler as we have
no information regarding plant wiring,
plant environment, the interlocking of the
screw conveyor with other equipment,
extent of plant automation, etc. Other
devices should not be used as a substitute
for locking out the power prior to removing
guards or covers. We caution that use of
the secondary devices may cause
employees to develop a false sense of
security and fail to lock out power before
removing covers or guards. This could
result in a serious injury should the
secondary device fail or malfunction.
There are many kinds of electrical devices
for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor
systems such that if one conveyor in a
system or process is stopped other
equipment feeding it, or following it can
also be automatically stopped.
Electrical controls, machinery guards,
railings, walkways, arrangement of
installation, training of personnel, etc., are
necessary ingredients for a safe working
place. It is the responsibility of the
contractor, installer, owner and user to
supplement the materials and services
furnished with these necessary items to
make the conveyor installation comply
with the law and accepted standards.
Conveyor inlet and discharge openings
are designed to connect to other
equipment or machinery so that the flow
of material into and out of the conveyor is
completely enclosed.
One or more warning labels should be
visible on conveyor housings, conveyor
covers and elevator housings. If the labels
attached to the equipment become
illegible, please order replacement
warning labels from the OEM or CEMA.
The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers
Association (CEMA) has produced an
audio-visual presentation entitled “Safe
Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag
Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators.” CEMA
encourages acquisition and use of this
source of safety information to
supplement your safety program.
SEE OTHER SIDE FOR
SAFETY LABELS

NOTICE: This document is provided by CEMA as a service to the industry in the interest of promoting safety. It is advisory only and it is not a substitute
for a thorough safety program. Users should consult with qualified engineers and other safety professionals. CEMA makes no representations or
warranties, either expressed or implied, and the users of this document assume full responsibility for the safe design and operation of equipment.
 CEMA Document: SC 2004-01
CEMA Safety Labels
The CEMA safety labels shown below should be used on screw conveyors, drag conveyors, and bucket elevators.
Safety labels should be placed on inlets, discharges, troughs, covers, inspection doors & drive guards. See CEMA
Safety Label Placement Guidelines on CEMA Web Site: http://www.cemanet.org/safety/guidelines.html

Exposed moving
parts can cause
severe injury

LOCK OUT POWER

before removing
CHR930001
guard

Walking or standing on
conveyor covers or CVS930010 CVS930012
gratings can cause
severe injury
Exposed conveyors
and moving parts Exposed buckets and
STAY OFF
CHS991026 can cause severe moving parts can
injury cause severe injury

LOCK OUT POWER

WARNING LOCK OUT POWER
before removing before removing
Exposed screw and cover or servicing cover or servicing
moving parts can
cause severe injury

LOCK OUT POWER

before removing
CHR930011
cover or servicing

PROMINENTLY DISPLAY
THESE
SAFETY LABELS
ON
INSTALLED EQUIPMENT

SEE OTHER SIDE FOR SAFETY REMINDERS

CVS930011 Note: Labels alone do not substitute for a thorough in-

plant safety training program centered on the hazards
Exposed screw and associated with operating your installed equipment.
moving parts can
cause severe injury
Contact CEMA or Your Equipment Manufacturer for
LOCK OUT POWER
before removing Replacement Labels
cover or servicing
CONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION
6724 Lone Oak Blvd., Naples, Florida 34109
239-514-3441
This catalog is a partial
representation of the different
styles, designs and options of
ORTHMAN belt conveyors and
the accessories that
accompany them. ORTHMAN
will design and manufacture
complete systems using either
standard or special parts to
meet the customer’s exact
needs.
ORTHMAN’S experience in
handling products such as
sand, gravel, grain, coffee,
minerals, etc. will insure a
properly sized conveyor for
handling any bulk material. We
specialize in heavy duty
construction as a standard to
reduce maintenance and
extend the life of all
equipment.
ORTHMAN puts a very strong emphasis on application engineering. Studied attention
to detail during this phase eliminates costly installation and operation errors. Meeting
our client’s performance expectations with quality machinery is our number one goal.

Page 1
 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS:
Belt Widths: 18”, 24”, 30”, 36”, 48”
Belt Speeds: 18” B. W. 400 FPM max.
24” B. W. 500 FPM max.
30” B. W. 600 FPM max.
36” B. W. 650 FPM max.
48” B. W. 700 FPM max.
Carrying Idlers: CEMA B, CEMA C, flat steel, 20 degree troughing,
35 degree troughing, impact and training
Idler Spacing: Carrying: 5’ – 0”
Return: 10’ – 0”
Drives: Standard drives include:
1750 rpm, TEFC, NEMA B motor with a 1.15 S.F.
Class II shaft mounted gear reducer
“V” type sheaves and belts
Motor Mount
Belt Guard
Integral Backstop (if required)

BASIC DESIGN

STEP 1: Compile the Basic Design Information Required

Length of Conveyor:
Measured in feet from center to center of pulleys, parallel to belt line.

Inclination of conveyor:
Measured in degrees off the horizontal, consult the CEMA Belt Conveyor Manual or
ORTHMAN CONVEYING Engineering Department to determine the maximum angle
at which the particular material may be conveyed.

Maximum and Minimum Material Density:

Measured in pounds per cubic foot (PCF), the maximum density is used for power
calculations while the minimum density is used in the conveyor calculations.

Peak Capacity:
Measured in tons per hour (TPH), the capacity used should be the peak capacity at
which the conveyor is expected to perform, not a lesser average capacity.

Page 2
STEP 2: Determine Belt Width
Using Table 1 (pg. 3), determine the conveyor belt width required in inches.
TABLE 1
Maximum
Capacity in Tons per Maximum Recommended
Lump Size
BELT Hour at 100 FPM Belt Speed Belt Speed, FPM*
Inches
WIDTH
INCHES Weight of Material, 50% 100%
Pounds per cu. ft (PCF) Sized Unsized Max. Size Max. Size
Lumps Lumps
50 75 100
18 27 41 54 3 5 400 300
24 50 75 100 4½ 8 500 400
30 81 122 162 7 10 600 450
36 117 176 235 8 12 650 500

*Certain materials should not be handled at maximum belt speeds.

Consult the CEMA Belt conveyor manual or Orthman Engineering Department.

STEP 3: Determine Operating Speed

Using Table 2 (below), determine the conveyor operating speed in feet per minute (FPM)
TABLE 2
Material BELT Capacity, Tons per Hour (TPH)
Density WIDTH, Belt Speed, Feet per minute (FPM)
PCF INCHES 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
18 27 41 54 68 81 95 108
24 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250
50
30 81 122 162 203 243 284 324 365 405 446 486
36 118 176 235 294 353 411 470 529 588 646 705 764
18 41 61 81 101 122 142 162
24 75 113 150 188 225 263 300 338 375
75
30 122 182 243 304 365 425 486 547 608 668 729
36 176 264 353 441 529 617 705 793 881 969 1058 1146
18 54 81 108 135 162 189 216
24 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
100
30 162 243 324 405 486 567 648 729 810 891 972
36 235 352 470 587 705 822 940 1057 1175 1292 1410 1527

STEP 4: Calculate the Horsepower Required

Using Table 3, determine the horsepower required to drive the empty conveyor per each 100
FPM of belt speed, HPo. then, HPe= (Belt Speed/100) X HPo.
TABLE 3
BELT Horsepower to drive empty conveyor for each 100 FPM of belt speed
WIDTH, Conveyor centers, feet
INCHES
50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
18 0.20 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.67 0.82 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70
24 0.30 0.47 0.57 0.66 0.88 1.10 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20
30 0.40 0.60 0.75 0.90 1.20 1.40 1.70 2.00 2.30 2.60 2.80 3.00
36 0.65 0.80 0.95 1.10 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 2.70 3.00 3.40 3.80
Using Table 4 (pg.4) determine the horsepower required to convey the material horizontally, HPm.

Page 3
 TABLE 4
Tons Horsepower to convey material horizontally*
Per
Hour Conveyor Centers, feet
(TPH) 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
50 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.7
100 0.6 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5
150 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.4 3.9 4.3 4.8 5.2
200 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.7 3.3 3.9 4.5 5.2 5.8 6.4 7.0
300 1.8 2.3 2.7 3.2 4.1 5.0 5.9 6.8 7.7 8.6 9.6 10.5
400 2.4 3.0 3.6 4.2 5.5 6.7 7.9 9.1 10.3 11.5 12.7 13.9
500 3.0 3.8 4.5 5.3 6.8 8.3 9.8 11.4 12.9 14.4 15.9 17.4
600 3.6 4.5 5.5 6.4 8.2 10.0 11.8 3.6 15.5 17.3 18.7 21.0
700 4.2 5.3 6.4 7.4 9.5 11.7 13.8 15.9 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0
800 4.8 6.1 7.3 8.5 10.9 13.3 15.8 18.2 21.0 23.0 25.5 28.0
900 5.5 6.8 8.2 9.5 12.3 15.0 17.7 20.0 23.0 26.0 28.5 31.0
1000 6.1 7.6 9.1 10.6 13.6 16.7 19.7 23.0 25.0 29.0 32.0 35.0
1100 6.7 8.3 10.0 11.7 15.0 18.3 22.0 25.0 27.0 32.0 35.0 38.0
1200 7.3 9.1 10.9 12.7 16.4 20.0 24.0 27.0 31.0 35.0 38.5
*For any speed and any material

Using Table 5, determine the horsepower required to elevate the material, HPj.
TABLE 5
Tons Horsepower to elevate the material
Per
Hour
Conveyor lift, feet
(TPH) 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
50 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.6 5.1
100 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1
150 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.1 7.6 9.1 10.6 12.1 13.7 15.2
200 2.0 4.0 6.1 8.1 10.1 12.1 14.2 16.2 18.1 20.0
300 3.0 6.1 9.1 12.1 15.2 18.2 21.2 24.0 27.0 30.0
400 4.0 8.1 12.1 16.2 20.0 24.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0
500 5.1 10.1 15.2 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0
600 6.1 12.1 18.2 24.0 30.0 36.0
700 7.1 14.1 21.0 28.0 35.0
800 8.1 16.2 24.0 32.0 40.0
900 9.1 18.2 27.0 36.0
1000 10.1 20.0 30.0 40.0
1100 11.1 22.0 33.0
1200 12.1 24.0 36.0

To calculate the Horsepower required, use the following equation:

HPreq=HPe+HPm+HPj.
STEP 5: Determine the Motor Horsepower
Motor HPmin = HPreq/Drive Efficiency
Motor HP = next standard Motor HP greater than Motor HPmin
STEP 6: Identify the Conveyor Layout
Identify the conveyor layout. See following sections to determine channel or truss
construction, gravity or screw take-up, sideboards, covers, etc.

STEP 7: Complete the Request for Quotation form included in this catalog.

Page 4
CHANNEL STRINGER CONVEYORS
Conveyors designed with channel stringers are available in 10’ 0”, and 20’ 0” standard
sections. Depending on the required conveyor length, an additional, nonstandard length
section will be supplied. A bolted splice plate connection joins and stiffens each joint.
Channel stringer sections can be joined to truss sections by special lateral frames for
spanning distances that require a truss section, while still enabling channel stringers to
be used where the spanned distance does not require a truss. Channel stringers range
in size from C4x5.4 to C10x20, depending on load, capacity and span requirements.
Schedule 40 pipe or carbon steel angles are used for cross-members, supplying added
strength and rigidity. Steel channel or fabricated bents are used for supports. The
channel frame design is especially suited to any application where overhead clearance
is limited.

Page 5
TRUSS FRAME CONVEYORS

Truss frame conveyors are available in 24” deep and 42” deep sections. The 24” deep
sections are available in lengths of 6’– 0”, 15’– 0”, 18’– 0”, and 20’– 0”. The 42” deep
sections are available in 16’– 0”, 20’– 0”, and 24’– 0” lengths. As with the channel frame
conveyors, a non-standard section may be required to meet the customers’ required
conveyor length. The truss frame conveyors are used in applications where a channel
frame conveyor cannot span an unsupported distance required by the customer.

Please refer to the following chart for permissible spans:

MAXIMUM TRUSS SECTION SPANS – FEET

Allowable Span Allowable Span
Truss Depth, Belt Width,
w/o walkway, w/ walkway,
Inches Inches
Feet Feet
24 18 48 33
24 24 44 31
24 30 40 29
24 36 36 27
42 18 55 46
42 24 52 43
42 30 49 40
42 36 49 37

OTHER CONVEYOR OPTIONS

Slider Bed Conveyors:

14 to 10 ga. Plate is used for conveyor decking depending on conveyor loads. Heavy,
conservative design insures long life while also minimizing the number of intermediate
supports needed for industries whose light bulk material densities allow their use.
Conveyors requiring moderate incline (23 degrees or less) may be supplied with special
cleated belts.

U-Trough Slider Conveyors:

Used to provide better material containment on the carrying run. Minimizes fallback and
increases efficiency in inclined applications when used with wood chips to provide more
inter-meshing of material.

Page 6
Flat Slide Conveyors
Used when weighing of the material is necessary, when the belt serves as a feeder, or
when limited overhead clearance requires a flat slide design.

Totally Enclosed Conveyors

Sealed covers and drip pans allow for virtually dust-free material conveyance.
Corrugated or non-corrugated covers are available. Drip pans are constructed of 14 ga.
steels, standard.

Custom Engineered Conveyors

If none of the standard conveyor designs fits the customer’s needs, ORTHMAN will be
pleased to design a custom conveyor application. By supplying ORTHMAN with
specifications and/or drawings illustrating the particular application, the engineering
department will be able to produce general arrangement drawings for the customer’s
approval.

ORTHMAN CONVEYING DISCHARGE CHUTES

The standard ORTHMAN Discharge Chutes

are constructed of 14 ga. to ¼” plate,
depending on application. Chutes may be
constructed of a range of materials depending
on usage, including: stainless steel,
aluminum, and carbon steel (standard). Chute
options also include abrasion resistant or
UHMW liners. Access panels may also be
added to facilitate pulley maintenance. Clip
angles allow for easy removal of Discharge
Chute.

These chutes may be fitted with the standard

ORTHMAN belt cleaner or with several
commercially available belt cleaners, including
brush type belt cleaners. Customer should
specify what type of belt cleaner, if any, is
applicable to their requirements.

Custom chute extensions or flange connections may be specified by the customer.

Standard discharge angle is 60 degrees, but customer may specify required discharge
angle. Please note that some materials require a steeper discharge angle than others to
prevent material from sticking to inside of chute. Consult ORTHMAN CONVEYOR
SYSTEMS to determine the optimum angle for the material to be conveyed.

Page 7
 FIXED TAIL TERMINALS
This style is used when the conveyor has
a gravity take-up arrangement. The unit
consists of a fabricated steel frame, ball
or roller type pillow block bearings, a
wing-type tail pulley (unless otherwise
specified), and a fabricated expanded
metal tail pulley guard. For a totally
enclosed conveyor, the tail pulley guard is
made with solid sheet metal. The unit can
also be welded to the last stringer section
for easy maintenance. The tail terminal shown is designed to bolt to a truss section.
Terminals for channel stringers are also available.

TAIL SECTIONS – FIXED PULLEY

Belt Width, in Pulley Dia., in Shaft Dia., in Frame Ht., in Weight, lbs
18 14 1 15/16 24 190
18 14 2 7/16 24 195
18 14 2 15/16 24 210
18 14 1 15/16 42 220
18 14 2 7/16 42 225
18 14 2 15/16 42 240
24 14 1 15/16 24 205
24 14 2 7/16 24 210
24 14 2 15/16 24 225
24 14 1 15/16 42 230
24 14 2 7/16 42 235
24 14 2 15/16 42 250
30 16 1 15/16 24 220
30 16 2 7/16 24 225
30 16 2 15/16 24 240
30 16 3 7/16 24 255
30 16 1 15/16 42 250
30 16 2 7/16 42 255
30 16 2 15/16 42 270
36 16 3 7/16 42 285
36 16 2 7/16 24 245
36 16 2 15/16 24 260
36 16 3 7/16 24 275
36 16 2 7/16 42 270
36 16 2 15/16 42 285
36 16 3 7/16 42 300

Notes: 1. Weight values are frame-weights only; tail pulley guard weight is not included.
2. Pulley and shaft diameters will change with excessive loads and/or capacities.

Page 8
 GRAVITY TAKE-UP
This illustration shows a standard gravity take-
up. Depending on the specific conveyor
requirements, design changes may be made to
accommodate them. The standard gravity take-
up includes two drum bend pulleys with ¼” plain
lagging and one wing-type take-up pulley. The
bearings are ball or roller type pillow blocks. The
frame is fabricated carbon steel that is designed
to either weld or bolt to the conveyor structure,
depending on customer requirements. There is
also a counterweight box, not shown for clarity.
A take-up guard may be required for certain
conveyors. Gravity take-ups have a travel of 18”,
24” and 30” depending on conveyor length.
Longer travel lengths may be designed if
required. The chart shows values for standard
gravity take-ups. Pulley diameters, shaft
diameters and weights may change if there are
excessive loads and/or capacities.

GRAVITY TAKE-UP SPECIFICATION – STANDARD

Belt Width, in Pulley Diameter, in Shaft Diameter, in Weight, lbs

18 16 1 15/16 285
18 16 2 7/16 365
18 16 2 15/16 395
18 16 3 7/16 440
24 16 1 15/16 325
24 16 2 7/16 380
24 16 2 15/16 455
24 16 3 7/16 515
30 16 2 7/16 410
30 16 2 15/16 515
30 16 3 7/16 605
36 16 2 7/16 500
36 16 2 15/16 550
36 16 3 7/16 690
36 16 3 15/16 740

Page 9
SCREW TAKE-UP
TAIL TERMINALS
These terminals are also made of
fabricated steel construction. These
include screw-type take-up frames, ball
or roller type pillow block bearings,
wing-type tail pulleys, and expanded
metal tail guards. Take-up lengths can
be 12”, 18”, 24”, or 36”. Standard units
are designed to be welded to the last
stringer section, but a bolted connection
can also be supplied.

The terminal shown is designed to be welded to a channel type stringer.

TAIL SECTIONS – SCREW TAKE-UPS

Belt Width, in Pulley Diam, in Shaft Dia, in Frame Ht, in T-U Travel, in Weight, lbs
18 14 1 15/16 24 12-30 190-260
18 14 2 7/16 24 12-30 195-280
18 14 2 15/16 24 12-30 210-310
18 14 1 15/16 42 12-30 220-290
18 14 2 7/16 42 12-30 225-310
18 14 2 15/16 42 12-30 240-340
24 14 1 15/16 24 12-30 205-275
24 14 2 7/16 24 12-30 210-295
24 14 2 15/16 24 12-30 225-325
24 14 1 15/16 42 12-30 230-305
24 14 2 7/16 42 12-30 235-325
24 14 2 15/16 42 12-30 250-355
30 16 1 15/16 24 12-36 220-295
30 16 2 7/16 24 12-36 225-315
30 16 2 15/16 24 12-36 240-345
30 16 3 7/16 24 12-36 255-365
30 16 1 15/16 42 12-36 250-315
30 16 2 7/16 42 12-36 255-335
30 16 2 15/16 42 12-36 270-365
30 16 3 7/16 42 12-36 285-385
36 16 2 7/16 24 12-36 245-310
36 16 2 15/16 24 12-36 260-330
36 16 3 7/16 24 12-36 275-350
36 16 2 7/16 42 12-36 270-340
36 16 2 15/16 42 12-36 285-360
36 16 3 7/17 42 12-36 300-380
Notes: 1. Weight Values are frame-weights only; tail pulley guard weight is not included.
2. Pulley and shaft diameters will change with excessive loads and/or capacities.
3. The amount of take-up required is dependant on the length of the conveyor.
Please consult the ORTHMAN Engineering Department to determine your specific take-up needs.

Page 10
CONVEYOR ACCESSORIES
BELT CLEANERS
ORTHMAN has several different styles of industrial and food grade belt cleaners. The
most standard design is a spring-loaded belt cleaner with either a rubber or UHMW
scraper blade. This type cleaner is the most often used and will provide adequate
cleaning in most applications. Motor driven brush type cleaners are also available for
applications where the scraper type cleaner does not remove enough material. Please
consult the Engineering Staff at ORTHMAN to determine what type of belt cleaner best
suits your application.

The chart below shows the most standard belt cleaners available:
SCRAPER-TYPE BELT CLEANERS, STANDARD
Belt Width, In Blade Material Weight, lbs
18 Standard Rubber 25
24 Standard Rubber 30
30 Standard Rubber 35
36 Standard Rubber 40
18 UHMW 25
24 UHMW 30
30 UHMW 35
36 UHMW 40

These inlets provide a guide for incoming

flow for covered conveyors. The flange may
be the ORTHMAN standard or specified by
the customer to attach to already existing
chuting. The inlet chute itself is made of 14
ga. steel metal, standard. The chute is
designed to be welded to a standard
ORTHMANS curved cover. This same type
of cover may be adapted for a box-type
cover. UHMW or abrasion-resistant lining
may be added if required. For applications
where conveyors must be dust-proof, a
gasket will be supplied with the flange.

FLANGED INLETS LOAD HOPPERS (FOR COVERED CONVEYORS)

Load hoppers are available for non-enclosed conveyors. A load hopper is able to guide
the incoming flow of material properly onto the belt. The unit consists of structural steel
chute walls, adjustable rubber or UHMW skirt seals and an optional downstream cover.
The load hopper bolts directly to the top of any of ORTHMAN’S conveyor structures. If
needed, impact idlers or a load section is located under the hopper’s discharge point.
The chute sides may be inclined or vertical to suit customers’ applications.

Page 11
 STANDARD CONVEYOR COVERS
ORTHMAN offers a variety of standard conveyor
covers. These covers are designed to protect
the belt, material and idlers from the weather
and other contaminants. Conveyor covers also
protect the belt from being sun dried and
damaged, and offers protection from wind and
rain. Shown here is a non-hinged, smooth
curved cover. This standard cover consists of
steel, galvanized steel or aluminum cover
sections supported on bands of heavier gauge
steel or aluminum. The support bands bolt
directly to the foot brackets which are
subsequently bolted to the top chord of truss
frames or to the top of channel stringers.
Curved covers are available in hinged, full, ¾ styles. Both smooth and corrugated sheet
metalsare
metal areused.
used.BULK
ORTHMAN
SYSTEMS also offers a boxa (non-curved)
also offers type type
box (non-curved) cover. All cover
cover. types
All cover
may be
types ordered
may galvanized;
be ordered dust-proof
if galvanized, conveyors
dust-proof will needwill
conveyors fullneed
covers
full with gaskets.
covers with
gaskets included.

The chart below gives some specifications on the curved covers:

STANDARD CONVEYOR COVERS – WEIGHTS
Belt Width, Weight per 4’ – 0” Section, Lbs
inches Full, galvanized Full, aluminum ¾, galvanized
18” 52 22 42
24” 58 25 47
30” 65 28 52
36” 71 30 55
48” 84 36 72
60” 97 41 84
72” 109 47 93

CONVEYOR DECK PLATES

Deck plates for the conveyors are an optional feature used to deflect any material from the
carrying run of the belting from falling on the return run of the belting. Typically, 16 ga. material
is used, although the customer may specify thicker material if it is needed. Inclined conveyor
decking is designed to shed water and debris, while still protecting the belt and return idlers.

DRIP PANS
Essential for conveyors running in areas where delicate machinery or people may be
underneath the conveyors, the fabricated drip pans are designed to keep any material on the
carrying and return runs from falling below the conveyors. The drip pans are made of 14 ga.
carbon steel and are joined together with bolted splice sections. For totally enclosed conveyors,
gaskets will be provided to ensure the drip pans are dust-proof.

Page 12
WALKWAYS AND HANDRAILS

ORTHMAN offers walkways and handrails for one or both sides of their conveyors to
provide maintenance access to the full length of the conveyor. Standard walkways are
either 36” or 48” wide. Walkways are designed to bolt to the conveyor supports of
channel frame conveyors, or directly to the lower cord angles of truss sections. The
handrails may either be welded directly to the walkway support frame, or may be
designed to bolt together at the job site, depending on shipping and installation needs.
Standard walkway flooring is 1 ¼” X 3/16” bar grating, and standard handrails are 1 ¼”
Sch 40 pipe. Walkway sections are available in 10’-0” or 20’-0” lengths. Galvanized
walkway is non-standard, but is available in 10’-0” sections. Ladders and cages are also
available if needed. In addition, ORTHMAN can provide the customer with service
platforms and support steel needed at critical maintenance areas, such as the head and
tail sections.

This picture shows a conveyor installation by ORTHMAN already in the field. The
walkways, handrails, platforms, ladders and/or steps are tailored to the individual
customer’s application. Please note that a safety stop switch is recommended on
conveyors where workers will be near a running conveyor.

Some welding and/or assembly may be required in the field for installation of walkways
and handrails. ORTHMAN will supply any installation instructions that are needed.

Page 13
OTHER ORTHMAN PRODUCTS

BUCKET ELEVATORS
Designed to move flowing powders or bulk solids vertically. Series of buckets mounted
on chain or belt operating over a sprocket or pulley is the typical elevator configuration.
Take-ups are provided as a means to compensate for variation in conditions, or belt or
chain wear. A steel casing encloses the bucket line. Boot sections can be designed for
various angles and heights of inlet material. Discharge hoods can be designed to
accommodate specific customer applications. Please contact the ORTHMAN
CONVEYOR SYSTEMS Sales Department for a complete catalog of standard bucket
elevators.

SCREW CONVEYORS
Industrial and food grade screw conveyors are available for conveying a variety of
different materials. ORTHMAN offers a wide range of standard screw conveyors and
options shown in our Screw Conveyor catalog. This catalog is also available through
contacting the Sales Department at our home office or through your local sales
representative. ORTHMAN provides a full line of screw conveyors and related
components from water-jacketed heat-transferring models to multiple-screw “live
bottom” type feeder units.

GATES
ORTHMAN offers gates of virtually any configuration. Electric-actuated, air-operated,
and manual Y flop gates, flat slide gates, as well as made-to-order gates of the
customers’ design are available. Our general catalog shows many types of gates
already in use in the field. A wide range of materials is available for fabrication of the
gates including steel, stainless steel, and aluminum. Gates lined with abrasion resistant
steel or UHMW are available to suit customer requirements.

DRAG CONVEYORS
Drag conveyors are typically a chain-driven series of solid or perforated flights. This
type of conveyor is used for material retrieval where there is little overhead room, such
as under a casting line. They are also used for material retrieval in an oil or water pit
after a wash procedure. These conveyors are designed per customer requirements and
are tailored to fit customer needs. Because these conveyors are usually installed in
areas where maintainance access is usually difficult, they are built ruggedly. As with all
ORTHMAN products, these conveyors are built with the highest level of quality to avoid
frequent maintainance.

CUSTOM FABRICATION
From support steel structures to custom conveyors and mass flow hoppers,
ORTHMAN’S fabrication, welding and machine departments are able to supply just
about any type of fabricated steel structure, designed to suit customer requirements.
Page 14
 BELT CONVEYOR BENT SUPPORTS

HEIGHT PIPE BENTS BRACED BENTS

H STEEL WT/LB WT/FT STEEL WT/LB WT/FT
10 800 80 800 80
20 1600 80 1700 85
30 3800 127 2500 83
40 5000 125 3200 80
50 6500 130 4700 94
60 8000 133 7000 117
70 12000 171 11000 157
80 16000 200 15000 225
90 20000 222 20000 222
100 23000 230 22000 220
110 26000 236 27000 245
120 29000 242 32000 266
130 36000 277 37000 284
140 39000 278 41000 292
150 42000 280 47000 313
160 45000 281 53000 331
170 47000 276 59000 347

*Bents designed for 40° wind sheer and 90° DL & LL (per col.)
GENERAL DIMENSIONS – FOR CONVEYORS 12” THROUGH 42” IN WIDTH

BENT CONVEYOR WIDTHS

HEIGHT 18” AND 24”
A B C WT/LBS
4 4’ 3 ½” 3’ 6” 159
6 4’ 8 ½” 3’ 6” 190
8 5’ 1” 3’ 6” 281
10 5’ 6” 3’ 6” 324
12 5” 11” 3’ 6” 459
14 6” 3 ½” 3’ 6” 516
16 6’ 8 ½” 3’ 6” 634
18 7’ 1” 3’ 6” 671
20 7’ 6” 3’ 6” 723
22 7’ 11” 3’ 6” 774 BENT CONVEYOR WIDTHS BENT CONVEYOR WIDTHS
24 8’ 3 ½” 3’ 6” 858 HT 30”, 36” AND 42” HT 30”, 36” AND 42”
26 8’ 8 ½” 3’ 6” 1177 A B C WT/LBS A B C WT/LBS
28 9” 1” 3’ 6” 1232
30 9’ 6” 3’ 6” 1225 4 5’ 3 ½” 4’ 6” 178 28 10’ 1” 4’ 6” 1282
32 9’ 11” 3’ 6” 1384 6 5’ 8 ½” 4’ 6” 219 30 10’ 6” 4’ 6” 1354
8 6’ 1” 4’ 6” 312 32 10’ 11” 4’ 6” 1435
34 10’ 4” 3’ 6” 1656 10 6’ 6” 4’ 6” 351 34 11’ 4” 4’ 6” 1732
36 10’ 5 ½” 3’ 6” 1759 12 6’ 11” 4’ 6” 486 36 11’ 8 ½” 4’ 6” 1806
38 11’ 1” 3’ 6” 1998 14 7’ 3 ½” 4’ 6” 543 38 12’ 1” 4’ 6” 2053
40 11’ 6” 3’ 6” 2064 16 7’ 8 ½” 4’ 6” 863 40 12’ 6” 4’ 6” 2129
42 11’ 11” 3’ 6” 2507 18 8’ 1” 4’ 6” 7-5 42 12’ 11” 4’ 6” 2618
44 12’ 4” 3’ 6” 2593 20 8” 6” 4’ 6” 775 44 13’ 4” 4’ 6” 2673
46 12’ 8 ½” 3’ 6” 2677 22 8’ 11” 4’ 6” 798 46 13’ 8 ½” 4’ 6” 2781
48 13’ 1” 3’ 6” 3722 24 9’ 3 ½” 4’ 6” 870 48 14’ 1” 4’ 6” 3783
50 13’ 6” 3’ 6” 3844 26 9’ 8 ½” 4’ 6” 1222 50 14’ 8” 4’ 6” 3907

Page 15
REQUEST FOR QUOTATION
ORTHMAN CONVEYOR SYSTEMS BELT CONVEYORS
MINIMUM DESIGN INFORMATION TO QUOTE
CUSTOMER INFORMATION
Customer Name: Conveyor Name or #:
Customer Location/Fax #: Quantity Required:

MATERIAL HANDLED
Material Type: CONVEYOR PROFILE & LAYOUT
Minimum Density, PCF: Conveyor Length, feet:
Maximum Density, PCF: Conveyor Lift, feet:
Maximum Lump Size, in.: Support Span, feet:
% Lumps at Max. Size: Cover Requirement:
Capacity Required, TPH: Walkway Requirement:

Additional Design Information Required (If Applicable)

Load Hopper Requirement: Number of Scrapers Req’d:
Load Section Length: Number of Plows Req’d:
Material Height at Load:

Optional Design Information (Only Required if Specified)

Belt Width, in.: Pulleys & Bearings
Belt Speed, FPM: Head Pulley Diameter, in.:
Discharge Hood Req’d Head Pulley Lagging:
Motor Specification Bearing Manufacturer:
Motor HP Bearing Model:
Motor Manufacturer: Snub Pulley Diameter, in.:
Paint Specification: Snub Pulley Lagging:
Drive Type: Snub Bearing Diameter, in.:
Drive Model: Tail Pulley Diameter, in.:
Belt/Chain Drive: Tail Pulley Lagging:
Belt Specification: Take-up Pulley Diameter, in.:
Belt Fastener: Take-up Pulley Lagging:
Idler CEMA Class: Take-up Pulley Bearing Diameter, in.:
Idler Diameter: Bend Pulley Diameter, in.:
Additional Features: Bend Pulley Lagging:
Bend Bearing Diameter:
Take-up Type:
Take-up Travel:

Page 16